ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017...

150

Transcript of ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017...

Page 1: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT
Page 2: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

DIRECTOR’S SPEECH ON 6TH ASAIS 2017 Ass. Wr. Wb. First of all, I would like to say a warm greeting to all distinguished keynote speakers from International Islamic University Malaysia, Associate Professor. Dr. Dzuljastri Abdul Razak, Mr. Bejoy Jose from PT. Yokogawa Singapore, Prof. Dr. Ir. Setiasyah Toha, M.Sc. from Bandung Institute of technology; all speakers and participants. It is my pleasure to welcome all of you to The 6th ASAIS 2017 organized by P3M (The Centre of Research and Public Services) of Politeknik Negeri Jakarta. The theme of this international seminar this year is called: “The Impact of Sustainable Global Technology Development on Competitive Research and Society Services” which is in line with the current issue happening in global world. I particularly believe that this seminar will be very beneficial for us in order to make us ready and aware in entering Asian Free Trade Community (AFTA). I also believe that the development of technology will bring us into the borderless world which eases us to do our daily activities. Furthermore, it assists us to meet global demands which are now becoming very crucial in order to catch up the changes of the world. Even it will help us improve the quality of our teaching and learning in the process. In line with that, as long as we live within society, we must do something beneficial for our society. The distinguished speakers and participants, As the Director of PNJ, I would like to say once again that this international seminar offers several informative talks as well as networking opportunities. It means that all of you are welcome to initiate collaborations in research and society services. I wish all of you a successful and enriching seminar experience. Thank you very much. Wass. Wb.

i

Page 3: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

BOARDS OF COMMITTEE Advisors : Direktur Politeknik Negeri Jakarta Pembantu Direktur I. Unit in charge : Kepala P3M Chairman : Dr. Isdawiman ST., MT Vice Chairman : Dr. Yogi Widyawati M.Hum Secretary : Ir. Anis Rosyidah MT

Prihatin Oktivasari, SSi., MSi Treasurer : Nurmalisna, SH Reviewer Paper Section Coordinators : Dr. A. Tossin Alamsyah MT

Dr. Drs. Agus Edy Pramono, ST., M.Si Putera Agung Maha Agung, Ph.D. Event Section Coordinator : Dr. Dra. Iis Mariam, M.Si

Dr. Muslimin Linguistic Section Coordinator : Dra. Mawarta Onida, M.Si.

Dr. Sylvia rozza, SE MSi Proceedings Section Coordinator : Dr. Nining Latianingsih SH MH

Eva Azra Latifa ST., MT Sponsorship Coordinators : Sri Danaryani ST MT Publication and Documentation Section Coordinators : Hata Maulana ., S.Si., M.TI

Sugianto, Amd Bayu Pratama Putra, ST. Azhar Aditya S.ST.

Caterers Section Coordinators : Ir. Sri Danaryani. MT

Muryeti, SSi., MSi Secretariate General Assistant : Bayu Pratama Putra, ST. Sugino Rafiih The Office Of The Secretariat : Pusat Penelitian dan Pengabdian kepada Masyarakat(P3M)

Gedung Q, Lantai 2, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, Kampus Baru UI Depok, Tlp. 021 7270036 ext 236, Email : [email protected]. Website: http://asais.pnj.ac.id/

ii

Page 4: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

PREFACE

This proceedings contain sorted papers from Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017. ASAIS 2017 is the sixth annual international event organized by Pusat Penelitian dan Pengabdian (P3M) Politeknik Negeri Jakarta Indonesia. This event is a forum for researchers for discussing and exchanging the information and knowledge in their areas of interest. It aims to promote activities in research, development and application on technology, commerce, and humanities. We would like to express our gratiture to all technical commite members who have given their efforts to support this seminar. We also would like to express our sincere gratitude to Higher Education Republic of Indonesia. Finally we also would to like to thank to all of the keynote speakers, the authors, the participant and all parties for the success of ASAIS 2017.

Editorial Team.

iii

Page 5: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIRECTOR SPEECH ON ASAIS 2017………………………………………....................................i

ASAIS 2017 COMMITTEE.............................................................................................................ii

PREFACE ............................................................................................................................................iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS .....................................................................................................................iv

TITLES OF TECHNOLOGY AND ENGINEERING PAPER ............................................................v

iv

Page 6: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

TITLES OF TECHNOLOGY AND ENGINEERING PAPER

CODE TITLE PRESENTER PAGE

TEC – 01 DEVELOPMENT OF VISUAL SENSORY AIDS USING EMBEDDED SYSTEM FOR BLIND PERSON

Budi Setiadi and Tata Supriyadi 1

TEC – 02 OPTIMISATION MODEL OF ELECTRIFICATION RATIO USING SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAÏQUE: CASE STUDY IN KUPANG REGENCY

Rusman Sinaga, Armansyah H.Tambunan, Prastowo and Bintang C.H. Simangunsong

7

TEC – 03 STUDY ON THE EFFECT ELECTROMAGNETIZATION BIODIESEL FUEL SAVING IN DIESEL ENGINES

Tatun H. Nufus, Radite P.A. Setiawan, Wawan Hermawan and Armansyah H. Tambunan

13

TEC – 04 IDENTIFICATION OF POWER QUALITY THROUGH ONLINE DATA MONITORING

Isdawimah, Ismujianto and Nguyen Phuoc Lock

23

TEC – 05 CROSSFLOW AND PROPELLER TURBINE PERFORMANCE ON HEAD 3 M MHP SYSTEM TO CAPACITY OF WATER FLOW

Paulus Sukusno, Andi Ulfiana and Benhur Nainggolan

31

TEC – 06 MOBILE SHORTEST PATH APPLICATION SEARCH PEMPEK STORE IN PALEMBANG WITH DIJKSTRA METHOD SOLUTION

Aryanti and Ikhthison Mekongga 39

TEC – 07 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF SPAR I BEAM PROFILE USING COMPOSITE MATERIAL IN UAV STRUCTURE

Lenny Iryani, Fithri N. P., Andi M. Kadir and, Bambang Irawan

45

TEC – 08 MOBILE SCADA APPLICATION OF REMOTE TERMINAL UNIT FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION PROCESS

Murie Dwiyaniti, Kendi Moro N and Tohazen

51

TEC – 09 KINETICS AND THERMO-DYNAMICS OF GOLDS ABSORBTION WITH CHITOSAN FROM THE SHRIMP SHELL OF NTB

Dwi Sabda Budi Prasetya, Ahmadi and Dwi Pangga

59

TEC – 10 CIRCULAR MICROSTRIP PATCH ANTENNA FOR WiFi COMMUNICATION AT 2,4 GHz.

Nuhung Suleman, Yenniwarti Rafsyam and Agus Wagyana

65

TEC – 11 FUZZY LOGIC IMPLEMENTATION FOR DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROL ON AUTOMATIC PATIENT BEDS BASED ON RADIO CONTROL

Ikhthison Mekongga and Aryanti 69

TEC – 12 THE IMPLEMENTATION OPENBTS USING UNIVERSAL SOFTWARE RADIO PERIPHERAL (USRP) BASED ASTERISK SYSTEM

Hafidudin, Muhamad Fahru Rizal and Dadan Nur Ramadhan

73

TEC – 13 MAKING OF CALIBRATED DIGITALPRINTER MACHINE FOR CARTONMATERIAL

Heribertus Rudi K. and AnggAnggarini

81

TEC – 14 MODELLING AND SIMULATION CFD ANALYSIS IN RUNNER FOR AXIAL TURBINE TYPE MICRO HYDRO POWER PLANT WITH LOW HEAD

Gun Gun Ramdlan Gunadi, Candra Damis Widiawaty, Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali

87

TEC – 15 THE EFFECT OF ELECTRODE Sutanto, Hidjan and Nanang 95

v

Page 7: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

CODE TITLE PRESENTER PAGE

DISTANCE CHANGES ON ELECTRICAL CURRENT AND TURBIDITY ON WASTEWATER TREATMENT BY ELECTRO-COAGULATION AND ADSORPTION

Rohadi

TEC – 16 APPLICATION SHALE RATING SYSTEM TO HAMBALANG HILL CLAYSHALE PERFORMANCE

Putera Agung Maha Agung 103

TEC – 17 DRONE AD-HOC NETWORKS (DRANETS)

Abdul Aziz Abdullah, Shahrin Shahib and Nur Azman Abu

113

TEC – 18 VIRTUAL MAP PNJ: DETECT THE LOCATION OF 3D OBJECTS WITH GPS BASED AUGMENTED REALITY MARKERLESS

Hata Maulana 125

TEC – 19 DESIGN OF DOUBLE CROSS DIPOLE ANTENNA FREQUENCY 137 MHz FOR NOAA SATELLITE RECEIVER

Yenniwarti Rafsyam, Indra Z, Eri Ester Khairas, Jonifan, Topik Teguh Estu

131

vi

TEC – 20 EFFECT OF CARBOXYMETHYL CHITOSAN IN DEINKING PRO-CESS ON THE OPTICAL PROPER-TIES OF PAPER

Muryeti, Estuti Budi Mulyani 137

Page 8: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Development of Visual Sensory Aids Using Embedded System for Blind Person

Budi Setiadi, Tata Supriyadi

Lecturer of Electrical Engineering Department, Polytechnic Bandung Email : [email protected] [email protected]

Abstract

The use of stick aids (manuals or electronics) in the pedestrian path for blind people has become a necessity. However, it can not solve the problem completely. Limited by distance, disrupt the main function of the hand, must be touched directly to the object or pedestrian path. This research replaces the function of the stick with the camera as a substitute for the senses of sight. The camera detects yellow line texture of the pedestrian path. Image data from the camera is processed on miniPC to perform the feature extraction feature using HOG algorithm (Histograms of Oriented Gradients) and SVM (Support Vector Machine) for feature classification. The end result of data processing is converted to sound. Product design is made to resemble a hat with additional camera on the front. The test results obtained the success rate and accuracy of positive data 62.50% and 59.3% negative data. Keywords: blind people, image processing, HOG algorithm, SVM algorithm, computer vision 1. INTRODUCTION The independence of the blind people to use the five senses that still function in daily activities is still very low. This is supported by WHO (World Health Organization) data in 2011, estimating that there are about 285 million people worldwide who are suffering from neutral disability. Good disabilities are experienced from birth (permanent) or at the time after birth. Approximately 249 million belong to the category with non-independent vision (requires assistance to recognize the conditions around it). And seen from the perspective of the field of psychology, that 83% of information obtained by humans derived from the interaction with the environment (G.Aditya, P.Divya, C.Apoorva Chaudhary, 2016) White can is one technique to recognize the environment independently. The independence of the blind people to do the activity down the pedestrian path and

recognize the surrounding objects is done by maximizing the five sense senses. The use of the five senses directly, using the foot to recognize the texture of the pedestrian path and hand to recognize the object around him. Or use an auxiliary media tool to manipulate the pedestrian path and recognize the surrounding objects (B.Sukhdeep, P.Akansha, R.Anindita, D.Arpan, 2016). The most common problems of environmental recognition techniques are the safety, cleanliness and difficulty of using stick aids. The direct use of the senses of foot feels very risky injury. The direct use of the senses of hand is a risk for health and safety. And the difficulty of using the stick aids because it must be touched directly to the pedestrian path and surrounding objects. Use of aids can damage an object, limited distance, can not recognize the shape of the object, and disrupt the main function of the hand.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 1

Page 9: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

2. METHODOLOGY In the field of computer vision utilization of an algorithm is needed to help the way image processing work in detecting objects, especially yellow row texture object pedestrian path. The HOG algorithm is used to extract the feature on the object of the image by using a yellow stripe texture object of the pedestrian path. And the SVM algorithm is used for feature classification. HOG algorithm is used to extract the feature on the image object that has been done resize process by using yellow stripe texture object of pedestrian path. Furthermore, the process of converting RGB image (Red, Green, Blue) into grayscale, which then continued by calculating the value of each pixel gradient. Next determine the number of orientation bin that will be used in the histogram (spatial orientation binning). However, earlier in the gradient compute process the training drawing is divided into several cells and grouped into larger sizes called blocks. And for normalization process block used R-HOG geometry calculation. This process is done because there are overlapping blocks. In contrast to the process of making an image histogram that uses the pixel intensity value of an image or a particular part of the image for making its histogram (Navneet Dalal and Bill Triggs, 2003). SVM is a machine learning algorithm with Structural Risk Minimization (SRM) working principle with the target of finding the best hyperplane that separates two categories in input space. The basic principle of SVM is linear classifier and serves to detect objects to be detected in a window. SVM Classifier is used to separate

yellow line textures of pedestrian path and pedestrian paths or paths without yellow line texture. The SVM Classifier and classification algorithm used separate an optimal hyperplan (C. Nello, S. Bernhard, 2000)

3.1. DESIGN

This research focuses on how to implement HOG, SVM, and color algorithm into single chip embedded system mini PC. The system is divided into 2 (two) parts, hardware and software. 3.2. HARDWARE System block diagrams consist of input-camera, data processing on mini PC, and headset-output, as shown in Figure 1.

CAMERA DATA PROCESSING HEADSET

POWER SUPPLY

Figure 1 Diagram Block Of Hardware

Camera block is passive, because it will be active when it gets command from the data processor. Furthermore, when active, will do the task of capturing the digital image of the pedestrian path and send back to the data processor. Data processing block is the brain of the system, which plays a role rule, process data into sound informations. Subsequently issued in the form of sound to block headset. While the power supply is the source energy for all module blocks. The realization of hardware using the camera Pi as a substitute input the senses of sight. Mini PC Raspberry Pi model B as a data processing algorithm HOG, SVM, and voice.

2 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 10: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Headset as output sound information for the blind, as shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2 Hardware Realization

3.3. SOFTWARE

The operating system platform used linux-pedora, and the phyton3 programming language. Data processing, as shown in Figure 3. The first stage of initialization, that is logic conditioning or the initial signal of all input devices, processes and outputs. Furthermore, the camera is mounted in front of the head with a slope of 15 °, take a digital image yellow texture object pedestrian path used as input data processing. Next resized the image to a resolution of 800x600 pixels. Furthermore, digital image resized process results are still in the form of RGB color changed to grayscale color. Next is the process of calculating the gradient value of each pixel in the picture. Next process is made to make each cell in the picture into a histogram, in this process required the bin to know the value of the gradient. Furthermore, the process of normalization of the block, caused each cell value occurs overlap because the process is done more than once and the result is a feature of the detected object. The next process of detecting 64x128 windows, which is the process of selecting object features according to object training data that is done detection per pixel in the picture.

START

INITIALIZATION

TAKE PICTURE

NORMALIZATION OF COLORS

SPATIAL ORIENTATION BINNING

COUNT THE GRADIEN

NORMALIZATION OF BLOCK

DETECTOR WINDOWS

SVM CLASSIFICATION

VOICE INFORMATION

END

RESIZE THE IMAGE

Figure 3 Flowchart Data Processing The next process is done object classification using SVM, aims to find the best hyperplane of the object for later distinguished objects. The next process of the final process of decision-making in the form of voices. 3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION Camera Pi is used to retrieve data acquisition for HOG and SVM algorithm process. Still image capture and sunny weather conditions. Data acquisition is divided into 2, that is positive image (training object to be in detection) and negative image (training object that is not in detection), as shown in Figure 4.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 3

Page 11: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 4. Positive Image Training Data (+)

Figure 5. Negative Image Training Data (-)

The composition of training data test with the amount of positive image data 8 and negative image 16. Training data with resized resolution to 64x128, and the image will be in the detection is always resized to 800x600. Testing done as much as 2 (two) times with sound output.

.Testing to 1:

Testing to 2:

4. CONCLUSION The use of HOG and SVM algorithms can recognize yellow line texture of pedestrian path with an average success rate of 62.5% for positive training data testing and 59.3% for negative training data testing.

5. REFERENCES [1] A.Abdulrahman, A.Areej, M.Sarah,

A.Altaf, 2016. Ultrasonic sensors gloves for blind people using Lilypad Arduino, International Journal of New Computer Architectures and their Applications (IJNCAA), Volume 6 Issue No.1, ISSN 2220-9085 (Online); ISSN 2412-3587 (Print).

[2] A.Shradha, P.Amar, G.Shubham, K.Hanmant, 2016. Automated Mobility and Orientation System for Blind, International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET), Volume 03 Issue 04 April 2016, e-ISSN: 2395 -0056 p-ISSN: 2395-0072.

[3] B.Sukhdeep, P.Akansha, R.Anindita, D.Arpan, 2016. Blind Navigation System, Internationa Journal Of Innovative Research in Science and Engineering (IJIRSE), Volume 02 Issue 04 April, ISSN 2454-9665.

[4] C. Nello, S. Bernhard, 2002. Support Vector Machines and Kernel Methods The New Generation of Learning Machnes. Al Magazine Volume 23 Number 3.

[5] G.Aditya, P.Divya, C.Apoorva Chaudhary, 2016. Electronic Travel Aids ETA for Blind Assistance, International Journal of Engineering Science and Computing (IJESC), Volume 06 Issue 03 March, ISSN 2321-3361.

[6] K.Sri Hari Rao, K.Jyothi, Shaik.Mahamood, 2015. Secure Navigation for the Blind People by Using RFID, INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF INNOVATIVE RESEARCH IN ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONICS, INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING (IJIREEICE ), Volume 03 Issue 12 December, ISSN (Online) 2321 – 2004 ISSN (Print) 2321 – 5526.

[7] Navneet Dallal, Bill Triggs, 2003. Histograms of Oriented Gradients for Human Detection. http://lear.inrialpes.fr

[8] Nur, Muhammad, M.Abdul, R.Tedy, 2015. Pembuatan Prototipe

Data Training

Test result

+ - Positif Negatif Success Failed Success Failed

8 16 5 3 10 6

Data Training

Test result

+ - Positif Negatif Success Failed Success Failed

8 16 5 3 9 7

4 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 12: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Kacamata Elektronik untuk Tuna Netra Berbasis Mikrokontroler menggunakan Sensor Ultrasonik. Journal Coding, Computer Systems Untan Volume 03, Issue 2 , (Print) : 88-99

[9] S.Dhananjeyan, Dr.K.Mohana Sundaram, A.Kalaiyarasi, Dr. P. G. Kuppusamy, 2016. Design and Development of Blind Navigation System using GSM and RFID

Technology, Indian Journal of Science and Technology, Volume 09 January, ISSN (Print) : 0974-6846 ISSN (Online) : 0974-5645.

[10] S.Jiayin Wenlong, C.Yupeng, C.Xuefu, 2016. The Design of a Guide Device with Multi-Function to Aid Travel for Blind Person, International Journal of Smart Home (IJSH), Volume 10 No 04, ISSN: 1975-4094.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 5

Page 13: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

6 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 14: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Optimization model of electrification ratio using solar photovoltaic: case study in Kupang Regency

Rusman Sinaga1,* Armansyah H.Tambunan2, Prastowo2, Bintang C.H. Simangunsong2

1 State Polytechnic of Kupang, Po.Box.139, Penfui. Kupang 85361, Indonesia 1, 2 Graduate School, Bogor Agricultural University, Po.Box. 220. Darmaga. Bogor 16680,

Indonesia [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract

The Electrification ratio in Indonesia is 89.10%, which means there are 7, 245,728 of 66, 489,400 households don’t have access to Electrical Energy Sources (EES). Kupang Regency is one of the Regency in Indonesia which has a low electrification ratio. 29,542 of 78,109 households haven't access to EES spread over 29 villages (electrification ratio of 62%). Solar Photovoltaic in Kupang Regency 5 MWp capacity has been operating but directly connected (On-Grid) to the State Electricity Company (PLN), it is not able to help rural communities that are difficulties to reach due to its geographical conditions. The aim of this research was design the electrification ratio optimization model with the consideration of CO2 emission reduction using Solar Photovoltaic. The method of research using dynamic modeling approach. The result of the research shows that electrification ratio can be achieved optimum estimated in 2020-2021 if the addition of capable power each year 4,000 kW. The addition of capable power 2,000 kW/year, can reach the optimum electrification ratio in 2023-2024 and if the addition of capable power is only 1,000 kW/year, the optimum electrification ratio can be achieved in 2030-2031. Diversification of DPG into Solar PV can reduce CO2 emissions by 98.8%. Keywords : Solar Photovoltaic, electrification, CO2 emissions, Kupang Regency, Model 1. INTRODUCTION Electrical Energy is one form the energy most commonly used in the modern world, that can be easily converted into other forms of energy and can safely and efficiently be distributed over the distance. Electricity is required in almost every stage of economic activity from the upstream to downstream as to the operation of household appliances, information and communication equipment, education equipment, medical equipment, woodworking equipment, lighting, electrical machinery for driving such as water pumps, cooling machine, electric heating and others [1]. Electricity will affect the development of the economy and society welfare.

The current electrification ratio in Indonesia is 89.10%. The number of households that do not have access to EES is 7, 245,728 of 66, 489,400.

Some provinces even have electrification ratios below 60%, such as Jambi, West Sulawesi, West Papua and East Nusa Tenggara (ENT) due to lack of electricity infrastructure. The State Electricity Company of Indonesia (PLN) for East Nusa Tenggara region noted that there are 535,418 out of 1, 126,400 households in ENT Province have no access to EES with electrification ratio of 52.47% [2]. Meanwhile, Central Bureau of Statistics of Kupang Regency [3], noted that there are 29,542 of 78,109 households in 29 of the 177 villages in Kupang Regency ENT Province have no access to EES (electrification ratio is 62%). On the other hand, in line with Paris agreement, Indonesia has expressed its commitment to reduce Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions by 29% on its own efforts, or 41% with International support, by the year 2030 [4], [5]. Indonesia commitment in Paris

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 7

Page 15: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

agreement will be difficult to achieve If electricity production for increasing the electrification ratio is accomplished by using fossil energy sources.

Indonesia lies on the equator and has a tropical climate so that the solar energy received is very abundant that can be utilized as an alternative in overcoming the energy crisis and decrease CO2 emissions. Rahardjo & Fitriana [6] has studied the potential of solar energy resources by concluding that the average solar radiation intensity in East Nusa Tenggara is 5,117 Wh/m2/day, which has the potential to generate electrical energy. This study is supported by research Sinaga [7] on the effect of environmental parameters on the output of Solar PV in Kupang Regency. This study concludes that in the morning, noon and afternoon Illumination of sunlight rays affect the energy output on the Solar Photovoltaic, If Illumination increases 1 Lux then the energy output will increase 0.001 Wh. During the day Temperature effect on the energy output on the Solar PV, If Temperature increases 1 degree then the power output of Solar PV will increase 0.121 Wh.

2. METHODOLOGY This research was designed with system approach method using the dynamic models [8]-[11]. The dynamic model used in this research to model the production of electricity using Solar Photovoltaic (Solar PV) compared to the Diesel Power Generation (DPG) for optimizing the electrification ratio and with the consideration of CO2 emission reduction. The methods of data collection are done by literature study, survey, observation and compilation of reports.

Emission Factor Analysis (EFA) was done by calculating CO2 emissions using Tier 1 at IPCC as follows: 1) Calculating the amount of electrical

energy generated at the power plant per year by using equation (1) [12]:

tCPEelect ×= (1) Where, Eelect is electrical energy generated in a year (kWh), CP is capable power (kW), and t is effective working time in a year (h). 2) Calculating CO2 emissions using

equation (2) [13] : EFEe electCO ×=2 (2)

Where eCO2 is CO2 emissions (ton), and EF is emission factor (ton/kWh). The CO2 EF for DPG has been established by UNDP empirically is 0.786 Kg/kWh [14] and CO2 EF for Solar PV is 0.0094 Kg/kWh [15]. The electrification ratio is the ratio of the electrified household to the number of households [16].

3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION Table 1 show the condition of electrification in Kupang Regency, which is processed from the statistical data of the Central Bureau of Statistics of Kupang Regency for the sub-district. The table shows that 9 out of 24 sub-district have electrification ratio less than 50%, as many as 29,542 households do not have access to electrical energy sources, which is about 38% of the total number of households making electrification ratio of Kupang Regency to become 62%. 29 villages from 9 sub-districts do not have access to PLN's electricity source.

The Solar PV Off-Grid is designed to produce electrical energy that can be stored in the battery so that stored energy can be used both at night and during the day. DPG is the Power

8 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 16: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Generation designed to produce electrical energy using diesel fuel oil as primary energy source. Both types of power plants can be used in remote areas far from PLN's power grid to raise the elctrification ratio, but both have different characteristics. In this study, the difference is shown in the design of optimizing the electrification ratio by considering the decrease in CO2 emissions as illustrated by the stock-flow diagram in Fig.1.

The modeling of electrification ratio optimization in this study uses three scenarios of two types of power generation (Solar PV and DPG), namely: the first scenario uses 1,000 kW capable power, the second scenario uses 2,000 kW capable power and the third scenario uses 4,000 kW capable power. The assumption is that every household uses the tariff R1 = 450 W. The results show that in the first scenario, the electrification ratio reaches an optimum (100%) estimated in 2030-2031, while in the second scenario, the electrification ratio is estimated to be optimal in 2023- 2024 and in the third scenario it is estimated that the electrification ratio reaches optimum in 2020-2021. The comparison of the electrification ratio of the three scenarios is presented in Fig. 2.

The number of CO2 emissions produced for optimizing the electrification ratio using the DPG in the first scenario is 38,041 tons, the second scenario 35,115 tons and the third scenario 35,115 tons. If using Solar PV, then the estimated CO2 emissions for the first scenario is 455 tons, the second scenario is 420 tons and the third scenario is 420 tons. Diversification of DPG into Solar PV can reduce CO2 emissions by 98.8%. The simulation of CO2 emission ratio

of DPG with Solar PV is presented in Fig. 3.

4. CONCLUSION Electrification ratio can be achieved optimum estimated in 2020-2021 if the addition of capable power each year 4,000 kW. The addition of capable power 2,000 kW / year, can reach the optimum electrification ratio in 2023-2024 and if the addition of capable power is only 1,000 kW / year, the optimum electrification ratio can be achieved in 2030-2031. CO2 emission reduction factor with diversified model of PLTD to PLTS is 2.46 Ton / kW / Year. 5. REFERENCES [1] Novakovic and A. Nasiri,

Introduction to electrical energy systems. Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Department, College of Engineering and Applied Sciences, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, USA. Elsevier Inc. 1, 20 (2016)

[2] Perusahaan Listrik Negara. Statistik PLN. Jakarta. Sekretariat PT. PLN (PERSERO). 1 (2015)

[3] Badan Pusat Statistik. Kabupaten Kupang Dalam Angka. Kupang: Badan Pusat Statistik Kabupaten Kupang. 1 (2015)

[4] Pusat Data dan Teknologi Informasi Energi dan Sumberdaya Mineral. Data Inventory Emisi GRK Sektor Energi. Jakarta. Pusat Data dan T I ESDM. 1 (2015)

[5] Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 16. Paris Agreement to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. Kementerian Hukum dan HAM. 1 (2016)

[6] Rahardjo I, Fitriana I. Analisis Potensi Pembangkit Listrik Tenaga Surya di Indonesia.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 9

Page 17: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

P3TKKE, BPPT. 11, 43-52 (2015).

[7] Sinaga R. 2011. Pengaruh Parameter Lingkungan dan Penempatan Posisi Modul Terhadap Luaran Energi PLTS Menggunakan Solar Cell 50 Wp 12 Volt. Jurnal Studia Teknologia. 4 (2):110-120

[8] Tao Z, Liu Z, Changxin Z. 2011. Research on The Prospects of Low-Carbon Economic Development in China Based on LEAP Model. Energy Procedia. 5, 695–699

[9] McPherson M, Bryan K. Long-Term Scenario Alternatives and Their Implications: LEAP Model Application of Panama's Electricity Sector. Energy Policy. 68, 146-157 (2014)

[10] Debnath KB, Mourshed M, Chew SPK. Modelling and forecasting energy demand in rural households of Bangladesh. Energy Procedia. 75, 731-737 (2015)

[11] Parkinson SC, Djilali N. Long Term Energy Planning With Uncertain Environmental Performance Metrics. Applied Energy. 147, 402-412 (2015)

[12] Sugiyono A. Peran PLTN dalam Mendukung Komitmen Pemerintah untuk Mengurangi Emisi CO2. Prosiding Seminar Pengembangan Energi Nuklir Tahun 2010, PPEN BATAN. 1,199 (2010)

[13] Didit W. Analisis Pembangkit Listrik Tenaga Biogas Dengan Pemanfaatan Kotoran Sapi di Kawasan Usaha Peternakan Sapi. Master thesis. UI. 103 (2011)

[14] Sherwani AF, Usmani JA, Varun. Life Cycle Assesment of Solar PV Based Electricity Generation System: A Review. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews.14, 540-544 (2010)

[15] United Nation Development Program. Indonesia: Microturbine Cogeneration Technology Application Project. Jakarta. UNDP. 95 (2007)

[16] DJK. Statistik Keteagalistrikan. Kementerian Energi dan Sumberdaya Mineral (2016)

[17] BPS. Amabi Oefeto Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[18] BPS. Amarasi Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[19] BPS. Amarasi Selatan Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[20] BPS. Amarasi Barat Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[21] BPS. Amfoang Barat Daya Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[22] BPS. Amfoang Barat Laut Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[23] BPS. Amfoang Selatan Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[24] 8. BPS. Amfoang Timur Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[25] BPS. Amabi Oefeto Timur Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[26] BPS. Amfoang Tengah Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[27] BPS. Amarasi Timur Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[28] BPS. Amfoang Utara Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[29] BPS. Fatuleu Tengah Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[30] BPS. Fatuleu Barat Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

10 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 18: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

[31] BPS. Fatuleu Dalam Angka.Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[32] BPS. Kupang Barat Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[33] BPS. Kapang Tengah Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[34] BPS. Kupang Timur Dalam Angka. Kupang. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[35] BPS. Nekamese Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[36] BPS. Semau Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[37] BPS. Semau Selatan Dalam Angka. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[38] BPS. Sulamu Dalam Angka 2016. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[39] BPS. Taebenu Dalam Angka 2016. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang. (2016)

[40] BPS. Takari Dalam Angka 2016. Badan Pusat Statistik Kab. Kupang . (2016)

Table 1 Electrification condition in Kupang Regency

Nr. Sub-District NV VnE HP HnP HnE NH ER(%) S

1 Amabi Oefeto 7 - 1.691 75 233 1.999 85 [17] 2 Amabi Oefeto Timur 10 - 2.749 - 778 3.527 78 [18] 3 Amarasi 9 - 3.836 196 - 4.032 95 [19] 4 Amarasi Barat 8 - 2.678 747 1.321 4.746 56 [20] 5 Amarasi Selatan 5 - 2.265 51 185 2.501 91 [21] 6 Amarasi Timur 4 - 1.750 106 187 2.043 86 [22] 7 Amfoang Barat Daya 4 1 202 796 15 1.013 20 [23] 8 Amfoang Barat Laut 6 5 32 750 869 1.651 2 [24] 9 Amfoang Selatan 7 - 685 344 758 1.787 38 [25] 10 Amfoang Tengah 4 2 98 123 778 999 10 [26] 11 Amfoang Timur 5 4 20 455 800 1.275 2 [27] 12 Amfoang Utara 6 3 567 90 240 897 63 [28] 13 Fatuleu 10 3 1.897 551 3.776 6.224 30 [29] 14 Fatuleu Barat 5 5 0 710 1.571 2.281 0 [30] 15 Fatuleu Tengah 4 - 550 80 667 1.297 42 [31] 16 Kupang Barat 12 - 3.699 48 209 3.956 94 [32] 17 Kupang Tengah 8 - 7.545 655 794 8.994 84 [33] 18 Kupang Timur 13 - 6.830 472 2.905 10.207 67 [34] 19 Nekamese 11 - 2.182 236 93 2.511 87 [35] 20 Semau 8 - 1.395 - 287 1.682 83 [36] 21 Semau Selatan 6 - 1.167 10 172 1.349 87 [37] 22 Sulamu 7 1 2.506 11 1.384 3.901 64 [38] 23 Taebenu 8 - 2.993 208 580 3.781 79 [39] 24 Takari 10 5 1.230 1.160 3.066 5.456 23 [40]

Jumlah 177 29 48.567 7.874 21.668 78.109 62 Remark: NV: Number of Villages, VnE: Number of villages without electrification, HP: Number of households has been

electrified from PLN, HnP: Number of households were not electrified from PLN, HnE: Number of households were not electrified, ER: Electrification Ratio, NF: Number of households, S :Sources.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 11

Page 19: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

NH1GRH1

HF1

HHE1

HHNE1

ER 1

P-SPV-DP1PR1

SPV-DP F

DR-HHE

LA1CKW-Ha

eCO2 RDPG

EF-DPG eCO2-DPG eCO2-SPV

eCO2 RSPV1

EF-SPV1

Energy

Time D

%eCO2

CO2 emissionreduction

2.46 ton

Fig. 1. Stock-flow diagram of optimization electrification ratio in Kupang Regency

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 2950

60

70

80

90

100%

ER 1ER 2ER 3

YearsNon-commercial use only!

Fig. 2. Comparison of electrification ratios for 1, 2 and 3 scenarios

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 290

10,000

20,000

30,000

40,000ton

eCO2-DPG1eCO2-DPG2eCO2-DPG3

YearsNon-commercial use only!

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 290

500

1,000

1,500

ton

eCO2-SPV1eCO2-SPV2eCO2-SPV3

YearsNon-commercial use only!

Fig. 3. Simulate the amount of CO2 emissions by using Solar PV and DPG

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 290

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

30,000Hh

HHNE1HHNE2HHNE3

YearsNon-commercial use only!

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 2940,000

50,000

60,000

70,000

80,000

90,000

100,000

110,000Hh

HHE1HHE2HHE3

YearsNon-commercial use only!

Figure 4. Simulation of household decline has no electricity and an increase in the number of households had electricity

12 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 20: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

BIODIESEL MAGNETIZATION TO FUEL SAVINGS ON DIESEL ENGINES

Tatun H Nufus1, Armansyah H Tambunan 2, Radite Praeko AS2, Wawan Hermawan2

1 Energy Conversion Engineering Study Program, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, Indonesia, Kampus UI Depok, 16425

E-mail: [email protected] 2 Agricultural Engineering Study Program, Faculty of Agricultural Technology

Bogor Agricultural Institute, Indonesia Kampus IPB Dramaga, PO BOX 220, Bogor, Jawa Barat

Abstract

Energy consumption of a machine is strongly influenced by the efficiency and effectiveness of combustion in the combustion chamber. The hypothesis of using electromagnetic fields in the fuel flow before entering the combustion chamber is one of the ways to obtain better combustion. The purpose of this research are: (1) Analyzing mechanism of applying electromagnetic field to fuel channel so as to save fuel consumption (2) Analyzing the influence of electromagnet on biodiesel fuel to diesel engine performance. This research will use experimental methods combined with theoretical analysis in explaining the phenomenon. Variation of magnetic field is produced by changing the number of coil windings 5000, 7000 and 9000, diameter wire 0.15 mm then observed electromagnetic phenomenon of fuel saving on diesel engine with VSM (Magnetometer Sampling Vibration) and FTIR (Fourier Transform Infra Red). Further observation of optimum diesel engine performance parameters especially specific fuel consumption, thermal efficiency). Test results with agricultural machinery (pump) occurred 17% fuel savings and 16.73% Keywords: electromagnetic, fuel saver, cluster, de-cluster, combustion

1. INTRODUCTION The use of fuel oil as a source of energy has increased significantly in line with population growth and technology. Along with this the level of exhaust emissions also increased. Fuel oil is a non-renewable energy source so that one day it will be difficult to obtain fuel and will eventually run out. Efforts to overcome this is to make savings in fuel use or search for alternative energy sources. Several studies have been conducted in order to save energy by improving the efficiency of combustion, including the mixing of additives to the fuel resulting in increased octane and cetane value, better combustion process and increased engine power (Dani M et al. 2004; Nurhandiansah. Fuel magnetization, by installing a permanent magnet on the fuel line to the combustion chamber effecting

decreased fuel consumption (9-30%) and reduced HC exhaust emissions (5-32%) and reduced CO (5-34.3% ) (Govindasamy P. 2007; Faris AS 2012; Jain S et al. 2012; Singh AK et al., 2013; Patel P et al., 2014; Kumar PV et al., 2014; Urge V et al.2014; Chaware K et al. 2015). But both have the disadvantage that almost all the chemical additives that are widely circulated and used by the community contain metals that harm to human health. On the other hand the use of permanent magnet kemagnetanya nature will decrease with the passage of time.

Another way to reduce the negative effects is made an instrument capable of functioning as a substitute for chemical additives of fuel and permanent magnets. The nature of this instrument is non-chemical and uses the physical energy of a magnet

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 13

Page 21: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

generated by an electric current (electromagnetic field). This instrument when mounted on gasoline and diesel engines can minimize fuel consumption up to 12.8-30% and reduce the level of HC exhaust emissions by 44-58% and CO decreased by 35-80%. (Guo H et al. 2000; Onkoronkwo C et al. 2010; Habbo ARA et al. 2010; Fuhaid N. 2011; Siregar H et al., 2012). This electromagnetic field does not contain harmful and safe elements used in diesel engine vehicles (Gaikwad DR et al 2014; Kumar PV 2014; Salih AM. Et al. 2015; Kolhe AV et al., 2014).

Based on the above statement it appears that the researchers only observed the performance of various engines due to fuel magnetization, but the theory underlying the phenomenon of fuel magnetization in improving the efficiency of combustion has not been described in more detail, whether the cause of this phenomenon the existence of cluster-de cluster on fuel, molecular polarity of materials more regular fuel or the excitation of electron fuel molecules. Therefore in this study will be discussed the phenomenon and its application on diesel engines. 2. THEORY 2.1. MAGNETIC DEVICE Biot-Savart’s law as shown in Figure 3. An electromagnetic devise made of galvanized cylinder with radius R, and length L, wounded with copper coils (N cycles) and applied on electric current (i), will generate electromagnetic fields along the axis, i.e the line where point P is located (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Devise for generating Electromagnetic Fields.

(Reitz JR, Milford FJ, Christy RW. 1991)

By dividing the length of the cylinder into elements (dz), each of which contains Ndz/L coils, the magnetic induction at point P could be calculated as equation 1 (Reitz JR et al, 1979):

( )[ ]∫+−

=L

oz

Rzz

dzL

RNizB

02/322

0

2

0 2)(µ

Where, ( )

( )[ ]3

2/3220

2

22'

2

222

0

0

0

2010

sin(

sin

sin1cos)(cot)(

sincos)(

cotcot

tantan

=+−

=

==→=

=−

−=−=−

−==

α

αα

ααααα

αα

αα

αα

RRzz

dRdz

ecff

Rzz

RzzRzz

zLzR

Introducing equation 2 to equation 1, the magnetic induction at the point P could be calculated by using equation (3):

( )( )

αααµ α

απ

dRR

LRNi

zB oz ∫

−=2

13

22

0 sin/sin/

2)(

∫−

=1

2

sin2

απ

α

ααµ d

LNio

(2)

(3)

(1)

14 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 22: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

( )[ ]21 coscos2

ααπµ

+−−=LNio

+

=2

coscos 21 ααµLNio

If the length of the solenoid is much larger than the radius, and z0 does not approaching zero or L, then α1 and α2 can be formulated as in equation (4)

02

01 ;

zLR

zR

−== αα

Maintaining quadratic terms in the expansion of cos α1 and cos α2, we obtain equation (5)

( )( )

−−−= 2

0

2

20

2

0 441

zLR

zR

LNizB o

if the radius of the solenoid is small, the magnetic field will be formulated as in eqution (6)

L

iNB oµ=

The permeability (μ) of the other materials is defined as multiplication of μo and called as relative permeability μr. Then, if the coil is wounded to a certain material, equation 6 can be rewritten as equation (7).

LiNB oµµ

=

2.2. DIESEL PERFORMANCE The performance of agricultural diesel engines is similar to that of a diesel engine in general. This performance demonstrates the level of success in converting chemical energy contained in fuel to mechanical energy. For that, there are several parameters that are used as a measure of performance or performance for the machine can work optimally according to the purpose of the user. There are several parameters used to evaluate the performance of the diesel engine: a. Torque

The ability of the machine to produce the work is shown by the value of torque it produces. And in everyday situations torque is used for vehicle acceleration to get high speed. Torque is the multiplication of tangential forces with arm length. The formula for calculating torque on the engine (Figure 2) is as follows:

Torque = P. R (N.m) Where: P = force (N) R = lenght waterbrake dynamometer (m)

Figure 2. Dynamometer

The rotating rotor or part is connected to the stator using a non-fixed clutch such as electromagnetic, hydraulic or mechanical friction, the function of this coupling to convert the engine power to another form of power for easy measurement. The rotor and stator are supported by bearings that have small frictional losses. In the stator section there is an arm where at the end of the arm is mounted a force gauge. When the rotor is rotating the stator will rotate due to the non-fixed coupling relationship, but the stator rotation is held by a force gauge mounted on the end of the arm with a certain distance from the rotary axis. The force gauge will measure the magnitude of the force F (kg) due to the torque the rotor gives to the stator. Engine torque is obtained by multiplying the force on the end of the arm with the distance x:

T = Fx x = distance (m)

(7)

(6)

(4)

(5)

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 15

Page 23: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

F = force (kg) b. Break Horse Power The purpose of the operation of the machine is to generate power or power. Brake horse power is the power generated from the engine output shaft calculated based on the rate of work per unit time. The power value is proportional to the resulting force and its linear velocity or proportional to its shaft torque and angular velocity. To calculate the motor power used formulation:

bhp = ω . T bhp = 2π . n . T (Watt) bhp = 2π . n . T / 746 (hp)

T = Torsi (N.m) n = Center waterbrake dynamometer (rps) c. Spesific fuel consumption Fuel consumption (fuel consumption) is the amount of fuel used by the machine over a certain time unit. Whereas, sfc (specific fuel consumption) is the amount of fuel consumption of the engine over a certain time unit to produce an effective power. Since the calculation of sfc is based on bhp (brake horse power) it is called bsfc (brake specific fuel consumption). If in the test data obtained about the use of fuel m (kg) in time s (seconds) and the power generated by bhp (hp), then the fuel consumption per hour is:

)/(mbb3600 hourkgs

bbm ⋅=

the fuel consumption specific is:

bhpSfc bbm3600 ⋅

= (kg/kW.hour)

bbm = fuel consumption per unit time (kg/secon or kg/hour) s = time (secon) sfc = specific fuel consumption (kg/hp.hour) d.Thermal efficiency (ηth) Thermal efficiency is the amount of heat energy utilization stored in the fuel to be converted into effective power by internal combustion engine. Each fuel has a different calorific value so the resulting thermal efficiency will also differ. Theoretically the thermal efficiency of the fuel is expressed in the equation:

(bhp)= power Output = Q×

= LHV ( )

3. METHODOLOGY 3.1. MATERIALS AND METHOD Schematic diagram of the experiment is given in Figure 3. 45 ml of fuel is included in galvanized tubes that have been welded with coil wire of 9000 and given an electric current from 12 Volt batteries for 1200s at room temperature. Electromagnetic field was generated by using a galvanum tube (2.54 cm diameter and 10 cm length) wounded with 0.15 mm diameter of copper wire. The magnetic field was variated by using different number of coil, i.e 5000, 7000 and 9000 coils, with DC voltage of 12 volts. The intensity of the electromagnetic field was measured with Digital Teslameter Model MG-801, as shown in Figure 4.

16 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 24: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 4. Measuring the strength of electromagneitc field

3.2. BIODIESEL SAMPLES Biodiesel samples were collected from Pertamina (Indonesia fuel company). It is a mixture of diesel fuel with FAME (Fatty Acid Methyl Ester) in proportion of 10% (Kementrian ESDM RI, 2013). A 45 ml biodiesel sample was placed in the galvanum tube. The sample was exposed to the electromagnetic field in 20 min at constant room temperature before used for measurement of viscosity and vibration.

3.3. FUEL CHARACTERISTICS a. Viscosity Fuel sample viscosities of B0, B10, B40, B70, and B100 were measured by using a modified oswald viscometer equit with magnetic ball and censoring coils connected to sound data detector as shown in Figure 3. Time of magnetic ball in fluid (tb) was calculated as soon as the ball passed the first coil and the second coil with the distance between these coils was 107 mm. The device was calibrated by using water as sample in order to obtain time accuracy of 1 μs. The fuel viscosity measurement was conducted with 5 replications. The viscosity was then calculated by using Eq (2).

( )L

gtr fbb

92 2 ρρ

η−

= (2)

Here r is radius of magnetic ball (0.961 mm), g is acceleration of gravity (9.8 m/s2), ρb is density of the

ball (310,467 kg/m3), and ρf is density of the fuel. b. Vibration of the fuel molecules Molecular interactions of fuel samples were investigated by analyzing their infrared spectra. The Infra-red spectra were obtained using Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy (IR Prestige-21, Shimadzu Co. Ltd). The FTIR spectroscopy is equipped with L-alanine-doped triglycine sulfate (DLATGS) detector. The equipment was set at 4 cm-1 resolution, 20 scans accumulation, and absorbance (% A) measurement mode with wavenumber ranging from 4000 to 400 cm-1 in order to determine the functional groups which were formed in the fuel. Samples of 1 μL were mixed with 0.5 g KBr. The FTIR measurements were carried out at room temperature.

c. Magnetic moment Vibrating Sample Magnetometer (VSM) instrument (Oxford VSMI.2H) was used to measure the magnetic properties of the fuel samples as a function of magnetic field. The VSM had amplitudes of 1–1.5 mm. The fuel sample with volume of 10 μl was placed in the coiled tube. 4. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION EFFECTS ON KINEMATIC VISCOSITY Figure 5 shows the viscosity of various fuel blends exposed to electromagnetic fields at time intervals. Even though the biodiesel used in the experiment met the Indonesian National Standard (INS) (Kementrian ESDM RI, 2013), its viscosity was higher than petrodiesel, The electromagnetic exposure was proven to lower kinematic viscosity of the fuel samples (Rosensweig et al., 1969; Marques et al.,1997; Tung et al., 2003). Longer exposure time to

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 17

Page 25: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

electromagnetic field gave lower viscosity to the fuel, but not significant after 1200 second of exposure time. From the Figure 5, it can also be seen that biodiesel is more sensitive to electromagnetic exposure than petrodiesel, which is proved by more reduction of the viscosity value. It is noted that viscosity value is not only determined by the tensile strength of molecules but also by the state of molecular orientation at liquid (fuel sample)–solid (magnetic ball) interface (Tung et al., 2001; Nakano, 2003; Sengupta et al., 2014). It can be expected that the effect of magnetic exposure to the viscosity can be continued for longer exposure time by changing distribution of the molecular orientation at the interface.

4.2. EFFECTS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC EXPOSURE ON FUEL MOLECULE INTERACTIONS

Figure 6 shows the intensity of infrared absorption of petrodiesel and biodiesel fuels from FTIR observation at various wavenumber. Each peak in the graph shows the existence of functional groups. It was seen that petrodiesel and biodiesel have chemical bonds composed of C-H. However, peak existence at wavenumber of 1743 and 1176 cm-1, which represent C=O and C-O bonds, clearly shows the difference between petrodiesel and biodiesel (Berman et al., 2016; Ferrao et al., 2011; Furlan et al., 2012).

Figure 6 shows FTIR observation of B0, B10, B40, B70, and B100 fuels at varied exposure time to various wavenumber of electromagnetic field. It can be seen that spectrum of each fuel have identical shape and peak positions regardless the exposure

time. This means that the electromagnetic exposure time did not alter molecular structure of those fuels, which also prove that ionization might not occur. Furthermore, by comparing the fuel spectra after electromagnetic exposure to the original fuel spectra, the increment of the absorption intensity for each functional group was observed. The absorption intensity can be correlated to with molecular vibration of functional groups. The electromagnetic exposure causes the more number of molecules to vibrate. This phenomenon was consistent for all functional groups existing in the fuel samples, and thereby consistent for all fuel samples regardless of the fuel’s structure.

The vibrational increment of functional groups indicates that the polarization and transition of dipole moments of molecules occur due to the displacements of the fuel molecules and alteration of magnetic moment of those molecular interactions. Furthermore, molecular attracting energy of functional groups is determined by their vibrational frequency in which the higher frequency the lower the absolute value of molecular attracting energy. This is the reason of the fuel properties such as viscosity and surface tension (Faris et al., 2012), which are influenced by the molecular attracting energy, decrease after the fuels exposed to electromagnetic field.

The affinity of fuel molecules is determined by the frequency of the molecular vibration. Accordingly, low transmission, which leads to high absorption, imposes low molecular affinity which means less energy necessary to break the inter-atomic bonds apart. Therefore, the molecular

18 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 26: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

affinity among molecules decreases after the electromagnetic exposure.

4.3. EFFECTS ON DIPOLE MOMENT Petrodiesel, biodiesel and its blend are considered as paramagnetic material in which each molecule of the fuel has dipole moment influenced by electromagnetic field. Figure 8 shows the dipole moment obtained from VSM measurement. It can be seen that the electromagnetic exposure causes the increase of the dipole moment, regardless of the biodiesel blending proportion. It means that the fuel molecules arranges themselves according to the direction of electromagnetic field or, in other word, its dipole direction was arranged properly (Sheldon et al., 2005; Kuwako et al.,1997; Nittoh et al., 2012). The main constituent molecule of the fuel sample is hydrocarbon (C-H) that has unpaired electron spin moments. When it is exposed to electromagnetic field, the induced magnetic moment becomes weak. A strong electromagnetic field exposing hydrocarbon molecules causes intermolecular hydrocarbons to repel each other (de-clustering), which creates an optimal distance between molecules of hydrocarbons and oxygen. The polarized molecules are relatively more active and oriented in accordance with the direction of the electromagnetic field.

4.4. PERFORMANCE ENGINE

a. Specific fuel consumption Figure 5.8 shows the graph of the relationship between the sfc and the load, the generator using fuel B100 magnetized with 3 pieces of fuel that has magnetic power of 969.23 Gauss at 12 volt voltage, it appears that the value of sfc on the generator is lower than the generator with the material

diesel fuel and B20 are not magnetized. The minimum sfc for filter 1 is 0.141 kg / hp.jam at 10.36 kW engine load rotation. The largest sfc value generated by Genset diesel fuel without magnetization is 0.210 kg / Hp.jam at the same load. On average, with the addition of a magnetic field (filter 1) instrument on fuel B20 decreases the sfc by 29% by diesel fuel standards, but when compared with a non-magnetized B20 the magnitude of 6.7%

b. Thermal Efficiency Figure 5.9 illustrates the thermal efficiency of the load engine function with an increasing graphic trend ranging from low to optimum, then decreasing with increasing engine speed. At low rotation, the mixing of fuel takes less optimum, so burning that happened less perfect. At the optimum point turbulence of fuel and burning time reaches the best condition so that get the highest efficiency. In addition to the engine rotation is too high just turbulence that occurs large enough so that mixing of fuel and air both but the time of the burning so quickly that much fuel is wasted.

5. CONCLUSION The results of the experiment, it can be explained that the magnetization of the fuel causes: 1. Fuel magnetization causes more

fuel molecules to vibrate This indicates the increasing number of molecules that have the attraction between the small molecules.

2. Increasing magnetic moment creates the regularity of fuel molecules

3. Decreased viscosity these three phenomena can inform a better chance of burning. Test results with agricultural

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 19

Page 27: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

machinery (pump) occurred 17% fuel savings and 16.73%.

6. REFERENCES [1] Ajaj R, Praihad Tipole, Virendra

Bhojwani, suhas Desmukh. 2013. Effect of Magnetic Field Strength on Hydrocarbon fuel viscosity and engine performance, International Jounal of Mechanical Enggineering, 1(7). 94-98.

[2] Chalid M, Saksono N, Adiwar, Darsono N. 2005, Studi Pengaruh Magnetisasi Sistem Dipol Terhadap Karakteristik Kerosin. Makara Teknologi. 8(1). 36-42

[3] Chaware K. 2015. Review on Effect of Fuel Magnetism by Varying Intensity on Performance and Emission of Single Cylinder Four Stroke Diesel Engine. International Journal of Engineering Research. 3:174-178.

[4] Dani M, Wagino H, Minsyahril B. 2004. Pengaruh zat aditif pada solar terhadap ketahanan korosi suhu tinggi mesin diesel. Indonesian Journal of Materials Science. Puslitbang Iptek Bahan (P3B)-BATAN. 5 (2):8-13.

[5] Nurhandiansah E. 2011. Uji eksperimental bahan bakar campuran biosolar dengan zat aditif terhadap unjuk kerja motor diesel putaran konstan [Tesis]. Jurusan Tekik Mesin. Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember.

[6] El Fatih AF, Saber GM. 2010. Effect of Fuel Magnetism on Engine Performance and Emissions. Australian Journal of Basic and Applied Sciences. 4(12): 6354-6358.

[7] Faris AS, Saadi A, Jamal SK, N, Isse R, Abed M, Fouad Z, Kazim A, Reheem N, Chaloob A, Hazim M, Jasim H, Sadeq J, Salim A, Aws A. 2012. Effects

of Magnetic Field on Fuel Consumption and Exhaust Emissions in Two-Stroke Engine. Elsevier Energy Procedia .18: 327–338

[8] Fuhaid N. 2011. Pengaruh medan elektromagnet terhadap konsumsi bahan bakar dan emisi gas buang pada motor diesel. PROTON. 3(1):1-9.

[9] Gaikwad DR, Dange HM. 2014. Experimental Investigation of Four stroke Si Engine Using Oxyrich air Energizer for Improving its Performance. International of Technology Enhancement enginnering research. 2(7): 22347-2354.

[10] Govindasamy P, Dhandapani S. 2007.Experimental Investigation of Cyclic Variation of Combustion Parameters in Catalytically Activated and Magnetically Energised Two-stroke SI Engine. Journal of Energy & Environment. 6(4): 561-569

[11] Guo H, Liu Z, Chen Y, Yao R. 1997. A study of magnet effect on the physicochemical properties of individual hydrocarbons. Loogistical Engineering college. China. pp. 216-220.

[12] Habbo AR, Khalil AR, Hammoodi HS. 2011. Effect of Magnetizing the Fuel on the Performance of an S.I. Engine. Journal Al Rafidain Engineering, 6(19): 84-90.

[13] Halliday, Resnick. 2000. Physic. John and Willey.

[14] Jain S, Deshmukh S. 2012. Experimental Investigation of Magnetic Fuel Conditioner in I.C. Engine, IOSR journal of Engineering. 2(7): 27-31.

[15] Jin C, P Wang, D X Zheng, P Li, H L Bai. 2015. Investigation on magnetic properties and spin

20 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 28: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

polarization of Cd Subtituted Fe3O4 films prepared by reactive sputtering. Journal Thin Solid Films. 594. 162-167.

[16] Kolhe AV, Shelke RE, KHandare SS. 2014. Performance and combustion characteristic of DI Diesel Engine Fueled with jatropha methyl esters and its blends. Jordan Journal of Mechanical and Industrial Engineering.8(1).7-12.

[17] Kumar PV, Patro SK, Pudi V, 2014. Experimental study of a novel magnetic fuel ionization method in four stroke diesel engines. International Journal of Mechanical Engineering and Robotics Research 3(1).

[18] Lestari SK dan Purwanti B. 2011. Pengaruh bahan elektromagnet terhadap kinerja kendaraan bermotor. laporan penelitian Hibah Bersaing PNJ. Jakarta.

[19] Nufus TH dan Lestari S. 2013. Optimalisasi alat filter BBM ditinjau dari unjuk kerja mesin otomotif berimbas pada effisiensi bahan bakar. Proseding Seminar Internasional (ASAIS). Jakarta.

[20] Okoronkwo C, Nwachukwu, Ngozi, Igbokwe. 2010. The effect of electromagnetic flux density on the ionization and the combustion of fuel. American Journal of Scientific and Industrial Research. 1(3):527-534.

[21] Patel P, Rathod GP, Patel TM, 2014. Effect of magnetic field on

performance and emission of single cylinder four stroke diesel engine, Journal of Engineering (IOSRJEN). 4(5):28-34.

[22] Salih AM, Al-Rawaf MA. 2015. The Effect of Increasing of Diesel Fuel Temperature Upon the Engine Performance By Using Two Magnetic Fields. International Journal of Engineering Research and General Science. 4(3):170-185

[23] Salim B, Toifur M. Pemanfaatan sensor induksi untuk Fuida. Proseding seminar Sains, 2012.

[24] Singh AK, Solank RM. 2013, Investigation of fuel saving in annealing lehr through magnetic material fuel sarver, International Journal of Science and Research.6(14): 178-180.

[25] Siregar H, Nainggolan R. 2012. Electromagnetic Fuel Saver for Enhanching The Performance of The Diesel Engine. Global Journal of Research in Engineering Mechanical and Mechanics Engineering. Global Journal Inc (USA). 12(6):1-4.

[26] Stuart B. 2002. Infrared Spectroscopy (Fundamenetal and Applications). ANTS. Wiley.

[27] Urge V, Dhobe A, Lutade S, Mudafale K. 2014, Performance of internal combustion (CI) engine under the influence of strong permanent magnetic field. IOSR Journal of Mechanical and Civil Engineering. 11-17.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 21

Page 29: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 3 Schematic diagram of the experiment

Figure5 fuel viscosity Figure 6 the intensity of infrared absorption of biodiesel

Figure 7 Moment magnetic of biodiesel Figure 8 shows the graph of the relationship between the sfc and the load

22 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 30: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Identification of Power Quality through Online Data Monitoring

Isdawimah1, Ismujianto1,Nguyen Phuoc Loc2 1Electrical Department, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta Kampus UI Depok, Indonesia

2Faculty of Electric-Electronics and Computer, Kien Giang Vocational College, Vietnam [email protected]

Abstract

The decrease in the quality of power is caused by several factors, such as increasing the use of non-linear loads in the industry and in residential, the increasing growth of the renewable energy power plants which causes the increase of harmonic distortion, the disturbance that causes swell, sag and voltage flicker. This decrease in power quality can lead to overheating of equipment or transmission, permanent damage to some sensitive electronic equipment, reducing the life of the equipment and causing read errors on kWh meters. Provision of good quality and constant electrical energy source can be done by controlling several things, such as voltage, current, frequency, phase angle, power and harmonic order. Controlling of power quality can be done if the value of existing quantities is known continuously to be compared with the standard value to be achieved. Considering the value changes that occur so quickly and the required data is the latest data, it is necessary to do continuous monitoring with a good data acquisition system. This latest data will be the basis for improving the quality of electric power, so as to obtain good power and in constant quality. The monitoring system consists of data retrieval program, voltage and current sensors, analog to digital signal conversion circuit (ADC), data display using PC, and wireless information dissemination. A monitoring system is created to collect data, convert analog signal data into digital signals, display and store data on PC that can be accessed wirelessly. Data will be sent to the control system to improve the quality of Electric Power. Keywords: Power Quality, Monitoring, Real Time, Wireless Access, Controller 1. INTRODUCTION

Electric power quality problems include disruptions with a wide range, which can disrupt the operation of industrial machinery and cause production losses.The cause of the decrease inpower quality, among others, under voltage and over voltage, or called voltage flicker where the voltage lost for a moment.Voltage flicker for 0.5-3 seconds [1] or more could cause the computer to shut down, loss of data memory, loss of motor load, tripping conditions at adjustable speeds, and finaly cause losses due to failure of production process.For example, the result of the investigation of the cause of the failure of the operation of the machine based on the power quality data [2]. In addition, harmonic distortion can result in excessive heat on the equipment and on the

conductor and cause read error on kWh meter [3].

Considering the value changes that occur so quickly and the required data is the latest data, it is necessary to do continuous measurement(monitoring) with a good data acquisition system.The monitoring system should pay attention to a good of time resolution, in order to obtain data monitoring of optimal power quality [4], in order to obtain data monitoring of optimal power quality [4]. This Monitoring System has been used on smart grid system to inform real time about the use of electric energy and the cost to be paid by users [5]. In 2012, power quality monitoring in Malaysia uses conventional measuring instruments, Fluke 1750 [6]. Monitoring of the quality of power in a three phase system is used as a basis for re-configuration of

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 23

Page 31: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

neural-network [7]. Voltage monitoring using Neural Network on distribution systems in remote areas is done using only signals from utility substations [8]. In the application of power quality control system, the need for data retrieval and its processing becomes more complex. So the problem is how to get the latest measurement data in real time with a good of time resolution, so that data monitoring of power quality to be optimal. The latest data will be used as a basis for improving the quality of electrical energy sources, so as to obtain good power with constant quality. With the latest data, the improvement of power quality will be right on target.

2. THEORY State of the art in this research is the display of real-time power quality data that can be accessed via internet and accurate data acquisition method to get all information about electric power quality. The monitoring system created not only displays kWh values, but also other quantities related to the quality of electrical power,such as: waveform, voltage fluctuation, current, frequency, power, power factor, energy and THD (Figure 1). With the latest data, the increase in the quality of electric power can be done continuously according to the type of interference that ultimately get good power and constant quality.

Given the very dynamic data which changes its value so fast, then used LabVIEW software that is able to monitor and obtain data quickly and accurately.For example the use of LabVIEW software to monitor the performance of connected PV to the grid, by measuring environmental variables (ambient temperature and solar radiation) and harmonic levels (THD) generated by inverters. The

system is equipped with a transducer, a communication network of FP 1000 modules and a DAQ (data-acquisition) unit.

The results showed that there were variations of Voltage (95% -103%) of normal voltage with almost stable frequency (59.998 Hz- 60.001 Hz), power factor 0.925 and THD 4.16%. With reference to IEEE Std 929-2000 standard, this measurement meet the quality standards of PV power connected to the grid [9]. Another example is the collection of integrated PV system performance data with building (BIPV) connected to the grid in Gejiang province, China.Data collection is based on IEC Standard 61724, while data processing is based on IEA-PVPS T2-01 standard [10].The data collected is sent to the DAQ unit for processing.Signals from Boxes A and B are transmitted to PC by ethernet bus, while other signals from the meteorological data collection system are sent by wireless stations. Data in PC is processed by LabVIEW software and displayed in real time in PC and can be accessed via internet.

Sine Voltage and Current Acquisition

Effective VoltageVrms (V)

Efektif CurrentIrms (A)

FrequencyF (Hz)

Power FactorPF

Active PowerP (W)

Apparent PowerAP (VA)

Real-Time Acquisition(Real Time Clock)

Reactive PowerRP (VAR)

Active Power UsageU (Wh, kWh, MWh)

Figure 1. The amount of electricity shown in the monitoring system

24 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 32: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Harmonic distortion leads to various disturbances such as: increase in current in the neutral path, overheating of the transformer, mechanical vibrations in the motor, the failure work of the circuit breaker and the reading error of the measuring device [11].For example, harmonic distortion of high frequency switching in inverters over a range of 3 kHz to 150 kHz has led to reading error on kWh meters [12].

The preliminary research that has been made is about the harmonic effect of the power source on the measurement result of kWh meter.A significant kWh meter measurement error (7.7% -17.2%) occurs in loads using the power source with a high-frequency switching (21.7 kHz-100 kHz) with THD values of voltages and currents exceeding the permitted ranges [3].This is overcome by a signal sniffer method that takes into account of lost power due to switching [13].Furthermore, from the results of monitoring and data acquisition will be used to improve the quality of electric power, based on the classification of power quality disturbance refers to Table 1.

Table 1.Classification of power quality disturbance*

* Source: IEEE Power and Energy Society, 2015

3. METHODOLOGY The monitoring system performed is shown in Figure 2. Given the very dynamic data that changes its value so fast, it is used LabVIEW software that is able to monitor and obtain data quickly and accurately.The

monitoring system consists of data retrieval programs using LabVIEW software, voltage and current sensors, analog to digital signal converter (ADC),data display using PC and wireless information dissemination by using internet.The task of monitoring system is to collect data, convert analog signals into digital signals, display and store data on PC.Data on PC is processed by LabVIEW software, displayed in real time and accessible via internet.The data is then converted by the data acquisition system into an analog signal and sent to the control system.Data processing based on EN50160 standard. While the classification of power quality disruption based on IEEE Power and Energy Society (Table 1).

The magnitude of the electricity that is monitored includes: current, voltage, frequency, power factor, active power, reactive power, apparent power and active power usage, as shown in Figure 1.Data retrieval is done on lighting SDP panel and power SDP panel in Electrical Workshop and Laboratory (Figure 3),as there are many non linear loads in this location.Data collection is carried out under various conditions, including: at the low load, ie on holidays and during breaks; high load on weekdays. Data is taken every three seconds for 8-10 hours per day.

4. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION The electric power system at Worskhop and Laboratory of the Department of Electrical Engineering PNJ comes from a PLN source on a 20 KV distribution network which is dropped the voltage to 380/220 V by a power transformer, and a genset operated by an ATS panel.Currently, the capacitor bank is available but not yet installed, so it has not been able to improve the power factor in the power

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 25

Page 33: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

source.Figure 4 shows the block diagram and front panel of the LabView programming, while the location of data capture and display data can be seen in Figure 5.The block diagram and front panel are based on the amount of electricity that will be measured, displayed and stored in the PC.

Based on the results of the voltage monitoring in Figure 6, we can see a very dynamic voltage fluctuation, with a value of about 0.92% - 6.8% of the nominal voltage (220V).The voltage value tends to be higher than the nominal voltage, so the fluctuation is positive. Most of the voltage values in working hours are still at the allowable tolerance of 5%, but at break time (around 12:00) the voltage rises sharply up to 6.8%.

This is likely due to the simultaneous release of the load at break time.The voltage spike can be recorded properly, because the data is taken every 3 seconds.When every hour is obtained 1200 data, then in a day (8 hours work) obtained 9600 data for each magnitude of electricity. In addition to working days, the monitoring system is also capable of measuring the quality of electric power on a holiday.Based on the data obtained, we can see the unbalanced load distribution between phases, especially in the third phase (phase T). The current and power measured at phase T are much smaller than the phases of R and S,consequently the voltage at the phase T is less fluctuating than the voltage at the other phase. Low indicated power factor, less than 0.85.

5. CONCLUSION Based on the results of monitoring the magnitude of electricity, it can be identified the quality of electric power

system in Electrical Workshop and Laboratory Department of Electrical Engineering PNJ, as follows: 1. The voltage value of each phase fluctuates (0.92% - 6.8%) over its nominal value (over voltage), where the greatest fluctuation occurs during break time. 2. Monitoring system is made to become capable of measuring electrical magnitude every 3 seconds, both on working day and also holiday. It's just necessary to add backup electrical energy, so that the PC can still operate at the time of power outages. 3. Unbalanced load distribution between phases, especially in the third phase (phase T). , where the load is much smaller than the other phase. 4. The rearrangement of load distribution is necessary, so that the voltage, current and power of the three phases are balanced. 5. The capacitor bank is required to improve the low power factor.Part 5 consists of the conclusion and suggestions if any.

6. ACKNOWLEDGMENT Gratitude to such kind of programs which are supported by Decentralization Research “Skim Penelitian Produk Terapan” in which is allocation for Polytechnic State of Jakarta under contract number: 356/PL3.18/SPK/2017, that makes this research could be realized and released.

7. REFERENCES [1] IEEE Power and Energy Society,

2015. “Electrical Signatures of Power System Failures”. IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc

[2] Soner Emec*, Jörg Krüger, Günther Seliger, 2016. “Online fault-monitoring in machine tools

26 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 34: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

based on energy consumption analysis and non-invasive data acquisition for improved resource-efficiency”, 13th Global Conference on Sustainable Manufacturing - Decoupling Growth from Resource Use, www.elsevier.com/locate/procedia

[3] Isdawimah, R. Setiabudy, and R. Gunawan, 2014. "The Effect of High Switching Frequency on Inverter Against Measurements of kWh-Meter," IPTEK Journal of Proceedings Series, vol. 1, pp. 102-108.

[4] Mahdi Hajian, Asghar Akbari Foroud, Ali Akbar Abdoos, 2013, “New automated power quality recognition system for online/offline monitoring”. Neuro computing Journal Vol.128: 389–406 journal homepage: www.elsevier.com/locate/neucom

[5] Bochu Subhash and V.Rajagopal, 2014. “Overview of Smart Metering System in Smart Grid Scenario”. Power and Energy Systems: Towards Sustainable Energy (PESTSE 2014)

[6] F. Salim, K. M. Nor, D. M. Said, 2012, “Experience in Online Power Quality Monitoring Through VPN”International Conference High Quality of Power (ICHQP) 15th, IEEE

[7] Martin Valtierra-Rodriguez et al.,2013, “Reconfigurable instrument for neural-network based power-quality monitoring in 3-phase power systems”. IET Journal Generator Transmission Distribution, 2013, Vol. 7, Iss. 12, pp. 1498–1507

[8] Alex S. Silva, Ricardo C. dos Santosa, Fernando B. Bottura, Mário Oleskovicz, 2017, “Development and evaluation of a prototype for remote voltage monitoring based on artificial

neural networks”, Engineering Applications of Artificial Intelligence Journal, Vol. 57: 50–60. journal homepage: www.elsevier.com/locate/engappai

[9] J. Aristizabal, J. Hernandez, W. Moreno, G. Gordillo, 2005. “Development of a system for measuring the parameters determining the quality of the electrical power generated by grid-connected PV systems”. Conference Record of the Thirty-first IEEE Photovoltaic Specialists Conference, Page(s):1738 – 1741.

[10] Z. Xinjing and B. Li, 2011. "Development of a data acquisition system for grid-connected photovoltaic systems," in Electrical and Control Engineering (ICECE) International Conference on, pp. 5227-5230.

[11] Roger Dugan, Mark F. Mc. Granaghan, 2004. “Electrical Power Systems Quality”, Second Edition McGraw-Hill.

[12] J. Kirchhof and G. Klein, 2009. "“Result of the optinus project-deficits and Uncertainties in Photovoltaic Invertor Test Procedures," in 24th European Photovoltaic Solar Energy Conference and Exhibition, pp. 1-4.

[13] Isdawimah, R. Setiabudy, and R. Gunawan, 2015. "Improving kWh-Meter Performance at PV on Grid System By Multiplying the Number of Sampling Signal," Journal of Theoretical and Applied Information Technology, vol. 71 No.2, pp. 302-309.

[14] European Standard EN50160, 2004. “Voltage characteristics of electricity supplied by public distribution system”, Leonardo Power Quality Initiative.Adams

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 27

Page 35: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

B, Alden J, and Harris N (2006) Regional development and spatial

planning in an enlarged European Union. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Figure 2. Monitoring system circuit diagram Figure 3. Location of installation of monitoring system

Figure 4.Block diagram and front panel of the LabView programming

Figure 5. Installation location of monitoring system

.

28 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 36: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 6. Voltage fluctuations per phase on weekdays

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 29

Page 37: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

30 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 38: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

CROSSFLOW AND PROPELLER TURBINE PERFORMANCE ON HEAD 3 M MHP SYSTEM

TO CAPACITY OF WATER FLOW

Paulus Sukusno, Andi Ulfiana, Benhur Nainggolan

Lecturer Department of Mechanical Engineering State Polytechnic of Jakarta 1Email: p.sukusno.100 @ gmail.com

Abstract

The aim of this study is to determine the efficiency of turbine crossflow and turbine propellers in Micro Hydro Power (MHP) system head 3 meters, 3 ince pipe diameter, by adjusting the flowing water flow (debid) capacity to the turbine. The study was conducted on PLTMH system using crossflow debid turbine arranged with guide vane and with valve. the MHP system uses a turbine propeller turbine with valves. The results of the crossflow turbine debid was adjusted with a guide vane maximum efficiency of 18.7% and maximum power of 60.3 [W], and the debid was adjusted with a valve maximum efficiency of 17.3% and a maximum power of 60 [W]. Study on turbine propellers maximum efficiency of 18.8% and maximum power of 74.1 [W]. Keywords: Turbine, propeller, crossflow, guide vane, valve, electric 1. INTRODUCTION Micro Hydro Power (MHP) is a small-scale power plant suitable for use in rural areas with hilly natural conditions and running water throughout the year or anywhere, by blocking and / or running water somewhere so that a head of> 2 meters can be made MPH system. (Permadi E, et al., 2013), and (Helena MR, et al., 2012). State Polytechnic of Jakarta (PNJ) has made a prototype of MHP system and has been utilized for research (Sukusno P, et al., 2009, 2012, 2014) that is practical and reliable MHP system and angle impeller angle influence to MHP system efficiency. The above research has not utilized the wasted water flow from the system, whereas the water flow can still be utilized for power plants. Research on zero head MHP located on the surface of lake or river water surface area has been done (Steffi D, et al 2011 and Jana H, et al 2011).

Head (height of water) is done by stemming the flow of river water and or flowing water to a place so as to obtain sufficient head for PLTMH system (Vicente L, et al. 2012, Yaakoba OB, et al., 2014, Vineesh V, et al. 2012, Zainuddin H, et al., 2012). Formulation of the problem, to get enough heads can be by stemming the flow of river water and or flowing water kesuatu place so that obtained a height of water (head) is enough or (head> 2 meters) can be made MHP system. And to increase the efficiency of water energy conversion into mechanical energy is done with various water turbine units, so that obtained the optimal efficiency of the MHP system and how to harness the energy that has been wasted water to be recovered. Problem approach, in solving the problem is done by way of approach as follows:

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 31

Page 39: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

a. Research by making MHP system in natural location certainly not easy in doing the measurement, to facilitate measurement in research, MHP system made in laboratory scale. b. The approach taken in this research, ie river water source and dam with 3 m head is assumed by making the turbine input water bath and the water flow is obtained from the pump. c. The MHP system in this study uses a closed cycle cycle system, and is located in the PNJ Energy Engineering Laboratory. The specific objective of the research is to develop a low-head MHP system to improve system efficiency by varying the types of turbine or impeller type. The end result of this research; decent prototypes as a means of research center and review of low-head MHP systems, appropriate for student practicum, national / regional seminar articles and national / international journal articles. The novelty of this research is the MHP system, the water entering the turbine can be arranged simultaneously (alternately for turbine propeller and crossflow turbine).

2. THEORY Hydraulic power (Ph), is the input power of turbine or power owned by water, the magnitude is:

Ph = ρ Q g H [Watt] (1)

Description: ρ = density of water, [kg / m3] Q = flow rate of water, discharge, [m3

/s, l /s] g = earth's gravitational acceleration, [m /s2]

H = total falling water level (total head), [m] The water flow rate (Q), the Bernoulli equation written to measure the flow rate of the dam (form V) that fills the entire suppressed weir along a current line as follows:

Q = K 815

2g . Tg(θ /2). H5/2 [m3/s]

(2)

Description: K = flow coefficient on the dam, K = 0.582 θ = angle of dam form V, (= 540) Z = base distance is blocked to the base of the dam flow, [m] H = base distance of form V flow to surface, [m] Output power (Pout), output power generated from the generator according to the formula below.

Pout = V. I [Watt] (3)

Input power (Pin), is the input power of the turbine or power that belongs to the water entering the turbine, which is equal to the hydraulic power, the magnitude is:

Pin = ρ Q g H [Watt] (4)

Generator Efficiency (η), generator generated is the ratio of input power to the generator (Pin) compared to output power (Pout) generated generator. The efficiency of MHP (η), is equal to the power generated due to loss or generator power output (Pout) to power regardless of disadvantage, or hydraulic power (Pin), so η is the ratio of output power to the turbine input power.

η = Pin

Pout x 100 % (5)

32 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 40: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

The series of turbine units (generators), to make a practical and reliable MHP, the mechanical system of the plant; turbine, transmission, and generator assembled into one so easily mounted and removed from the holder. 3. METHODOLOGY The research method will be observed directly on the object under study (exprimental), that is, in the low head (head 3 meter) MHP system using turbine propeller type Ф60, then to increase efficiency, water out system (wasted) is utilized to drive crossflow trubin. The first experiment was conducted on a 3 meter head MHP system with turbine propellers, the system's outflow water was used to move the turbine-type crossflow unit. The research scheme as in figure 2. Materials and test equipment: a. MHP system head 3 meters b. Water flow regulator (debid) c. Crossflow turbine unit d. Unit turbine propellers e. Unit of electrical system

equipment f. Measuring tools; voltmeter,

ampermeter, tachometer, flowmeter

The water flow rate controller (discharge) on the propeller turbine uses a valve. A water flow velocity

(debid) and water flow controller on a crossflow turbine using a guide vane.

4. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION Data analysis, an example of analysis taken from the data testing system MHP head 3 m with turbine crossflow angle flow regulator 00. Data as follows: θ = angle of dam form V, (= 540).

H = High dam - surface 19.5 cm = 0.195 m Z = Depth of dam 37.5 cm = 0.375 m V = Out-put voltage = 120 Volt A = Electric current = 0.5 Ampere The water flow rate (Q), based on the Bernoulli equation written to measure the flow rate (Q) of the dam (form V) that fills the entire suppressed weir extent along a current line as follows: From the obtained K chart 19.5 / 30.48 (axis line) is pulled upward intersecting with the angle of 540, so that K is obtained = 0.582 K = 0,582

Q = 0,582 815

2.9,81

Tg(540/2) . 0,1955/2 [m3/s] = 0,0111 (m3/s) = 11,1 lt/s Hydraulic power (Ph), is the input power of turbine or hydraulic power owned by water the magnitude is: Ph = 1000 x 11,1 x 10-3 x 9,81x 3 326 [Watt] Output power (Pout), output power (output) generated from the generator according to the formula below. Pout = 86,1 x 0,7 = 60,3 [Watt] The efficiency of MHP or Generating Efficiency (η), is the ratio of output power (generator power, Pgenerator) to turbine input power (hydraulic power, Phidrolis),

η = 32660 x 100%

= 18,4 % Other data are calculated in the same way as above and the results have been made table and graph, the result can be seen in table 4, 5, 6, and on graphs image 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 33

Page 41: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

The results of the test data analysis poured tables and graphs as follows on Table 4-6 and figure

Figure 8. Graphs power and efficiency crossflow turbine

to water flow capacity (Debid regulator guide vane angle)

Figure 9. Graphs power and efficiency crossflow turbine

to water flow capacity (Debid regulator valve angle)

Figure 10. Graphs power and efficiency propellers

turbine to water flow capacity

Figure 11. Graphs power propellers turbine and

crossflow turbine to water flow capacity

Figure 12. Graphs efficiency propellers turbine and

crossflow turbine to water flow capacity The result of study on MHP system with turbine crossflow maximum efficiency is 18,7% and 17,3%, turbine propeller maximum efficiency 18,8%. Maximum power generated by MHP system with crossflow turbine 60,3 [W] and 60 [W], propeller turbine 74,1 [W]. MHP systems with maximum efficiency and maximum power turbine propellers are better than others, but on average less good. The MHP turbine crossflow debid system arranged with guide vane has better efficiency and average output power compared to others. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We acknowledge that this research can be done thanks to financial assistance from KemenRistekDikti and P3M PNJ as the fund research manager of Decentralization of DIPA fund, and CV Cihanjuang Inti Teknik (CIT) Cimahi Bandung for its cooperation in making turbine crossflow and turbine propellers. We would like to express our gratitude. 5. CONCLUSION Based on the actual results of this study, it can be concluded as follows: 1. Efficiency of MHP system with

crossflow turbine maximum efficiency 18,7% and 17,3%, turbine propeller efficiency 18,8%.

2. Maximum by MHP system with crossflow turbine power generated 60,3 [W] and 60 [W], turbine propeller 74,1 [W].

34 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 42: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

3. The MHP turbine crossflow debid system arranged with guide vane has better efficiency and average output power compared to others.

6. REFERENCES [1] Helena MR, Mariana S, Kaloyan

NK, 2012. Low-Head Energy Conversion: A Conceptual Design and Laboratory Investigation of a Microtubular Hydro Propeler. ISRN, Mechanical Engineering, Vol. 2012, [ID] 846206, 10 pages.

[2] Jana Hadler1, Klaus Broekel. 2011. Low head hydropower – its design and economic potential. World Renewable Energy Congress (Vol. 6 Hydropower Applications), Linköping, Sweden

[3] Steffi D, Frank W, Peter F. 2011. Environmentally compatible hydropower potential in the estuary of the river Ems - Analysis for a floating energy converter. World Renewable Energy Congress (Vol. 6 Hydropower Applications), Linköping, Sweden

[4] Sukusno P, Fachruddin, Jannus P. 2014.. Effect Of Propeler Turbine Blade Angle Type Ф 125 On Efficiency MHP sistem Of Head 2 And 3 Meters. Annual South East Asian International Seminar 201,Nov 12th 2014 PNJ, Depok.

[5] Sukusno P, Fachruddin, Jannus P. 2014. Perbandingan Kinerja

Sistem MHP Head 2 dan 3 Meter Unit Turbin Berada Di Bak Atas Dengan Di Bak Bawah. Poli-Teknologi Vol.13No.3 /2014 PNJ, Depok.

[6] Sukusno P, Fachruddin, Belyamin. 2009. Sistem Pembangkit Listrik Tenaga Mikro Hidro Yang Praktis dan Handal Head 2 dan 3 m. Laporan Penelt. Stranas, UP2M PNJ, Depok.

[7] Vicente L, Tomás de F, Tiago P, Angela F, José B. 2012. Dealing with the Very Small: First Steps of a Picohydro Demonstration Project in an University Campus. ICREPQ, 28th-30th March, 2012, Santiago de Compostela (Spain).

[8] Vineesh V, Selvakumar AI. 2012. Design of Micro Hydel Power Plant. IJEAT Volume-2, Issue-2- December (2012). Pp. 2249 – 8958.

[9] Yaakoba OB, Yasser MA, Elbatrana AH, Shabaraa HM. 2014. A Review on Micro Hydro Gravitational Vortex Power and Turbine Sistems. Jurnal Teknologi (Iptek & Teknik) 69: 7 (2014), 1-7, UTM Johor Malaysia.

[10] Zainuddin H, Yahaya MS, Lazi JM, Basar MFM, Ibrahim Z. 2011. Design and Development of Pico-hydro Generation System for Energy Storage Using Consuming Water Distributed to Houses. IJEEI Vol. 3, Number 3.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 35

Page 43: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 2. Schematic flow diagram of the research process

Figure 2. The scheme of a 3 meter MHP system with crossflow turbines

1. Water goes into turbine propellers and or crossflow turbines

2. Supplay water enter the system 3. Tap water

4. Pumps 5. Water flow meters

(suppressed weir form V)

6. Tub reservoir 7. Water tub and turbine holder 8. Pipeline water turbine output

9. Flow regulator 10. Crossflow turbine unit

11. Generator (power plant) 12. Flow to the debid basin.

36 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 44: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 3. Crossflow turbine unit

(a).

(b).

Figure 4. (a). Unit turbine propeller type Ф60. (b). When it will be installed

Figure 5. Water flow through the guide vane in a crossflow turbine

Figure 6. Water flow regulating valves enter the crossflow turbine

Figure 7. Adjust the flow (debid) of water on crossflow turbine testing

Flow regulating

valve

Flow regulating guide vane

Guide Vane

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 37

Page 45: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Table 1. Crossflow turbine experiment of debid arrangement with guide vane

No. Data Type Guide Vane Angle ( o ) 0 10 20 30 40 50

1. Voltage [V] 86,1 93 85 65,8 42,5 15 2. Electric current [A] 0.7 0,7 0,7 0,6 0,4 0 3. Water height of dam [cm] 19 19,5 19 17 14 8 4. Turn speed of turbine shaft [rpm] 1132 1158 1136 1100 1096 0

Note: The water depth is 37.5 cm, head 3 m, pipe diameter 3 "

Table 2. Crossflow turbine experiment of debid arrangement with valve

No. Data Type Regulator valve angle ( o ) 0 10 20 30 40 50

1. Voltage [V] 120 120 106 75 35 16 2. Electric current [A] 0.5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0 3. Water height of dam [cm] 19,5 19,5 19 17 14,5 8 4. Turn speed of turbine shaft [rpm] 1148 1150 1130 1006 1092 0

Note: The water depth is 37.5 cm, head 3 m, pipe diameter 3 "

Table 3. Propeller Turbine Ф60 experiment

No. Data Type Regulator valve angle ( o ) 0 10 20 30 40 50

1. Electric current [A] 0,39 0,39 0,29 0,26 0 0 2. Voltage [V] 190 180 120 90 0 0

3. Water height of dam [cm] 20,5 20 19 17 14,5 10 Note: The water depth is 37.5 cm, head 3 m, pipe diameter 3 ".

Table 4. Data calculation of experimental crossflow turbine with Guide Vane

No. Data Type Guide Vane Angle ( o )

0 10 20 30 40 50 1. Hydraulic Power [ W ] 326 347 326 246 151 37 2. Electricity Output [ W ] 60,3 65,1 59,5 39,5 17 0 3. Efficiency [ % ] 18,4 18,7 18,2 16,0 11,2 0

Table 5. Data calculation of experimental crossflow turbine with valve

No. Data Type Regulator valve angle ( o )

0 10 20 30 40 50 1. Hydraulic Power [ W ] 347 347 326 246 165 37 2. Electricity Output [ W ] 60 60 53 37,5 17,5 0 3. Efficiency [ % ] 17,3 17,3 16,2 15,2 12,1 0

Table 6. Results of data calculation of experimental propeller turbine Ф60

No. Data Type Regulator valve angle ( o )

0 10 20 30 40 50 1. Hydraulic Power [ W ] 394 370 326 246 52,8 20,8 2. Electricity Output [ W ] 74,1 66,3 51,0 23,4 0 0 3. Efficiency [ % ] 18,8 17,9 15,6 9,5 0 0

38 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 46: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Mobile Shortest Path Application Search Pempek Store in Palembang with Dijkstra Method Solution

Aryant, Aryantii1, Ikhthison Mekongga2

1State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya, Electric Engineering, Palembang, Indonesia 2Polytechnic State of Sriwijaya, Computer Engineering, Palembang, Indonesia

Abstract

Palembang city is known for its special food pempek. Pempek used as a food that is sought when coming or made souvenirs when visiting Palembang. Pempek store information existence becomes very important for visitors who come to the city of Palembang. Smartphone technology is currently being developed is very helpful daily activities. Where one of the uses of this smartphone is to find an unknown location. In this research, developed an application on smartphone by implementing the Dijkstra algorithm into operating system based on the Android platform. The algorithm is chosen because it can determine the shortest path of the graph. Analyzing the shortest route will be done if the system has identified the route with the weight of the least valuable node graph. This application is expected to facilitate smartphone users in finding the nearest location pempek store in Palembang City.

Keywords: Pempek, Dijkstra algorithm, Mobile Application, Shortest Path

1. INTRODUCTION Palembang city is known as a pempek city as a special food that can be used as a souvenir for tourists when coming to this city. The number of industries producing pempek food is used as a business opportunity as a livelihood by the community. Various creativity and innovation continue to be improved in developing pempek typical food business. Including searching the location of the pempek shop with the nearest lane that can help tourists in finding the nearest pempek shop.

There are several algorithms that can be used to determine the shortest path. One of them uses Dijkstra's algorithm. The algorithm was first proposed by Edsger W. Dijkstra in 1959 and has been widely used in determining the shortest route or shortest path based on certain criteria used as a boundary [1]. The shortest path was published in 1959 which was in Numerische Mathematik which was edited by F.L. Bauer. At that point the algorithm for the

shortest path is hardly considered. There are many ways to go from point A to point B, but the way is still not considered [2]. The shortest path can be defined as a combinatorial problem in the graph with limited weights, or as a continuous optimization problem in Euclidian Geometry [3].

The application of smartphones by implementing Dijkstra's algorithm into the Android-based platform operating system makes it easier for smartphone users to find nearby locations [4].

In this study designed Mobile Shortest Path Application Search Pempek Store in Palembang with Dijkstra Method Solution. The design of application software based on this mobile application using waterfall method, designed to operate on mobile phones using Android as a platform. Analyzing the shortest route will be done if the system has identified the route with the weight of the least valuable node graph. So that can be passed with a shorter time.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 39

Page 47: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

2. METHODOLOGY The research methodology used in this research consists of several stages. Starting from the preparation as a first step that is done to test the operation of the software and maintenance. Research through several stages as follows:

2.1. DESIGN APPLICATION

Fig. 1. Design application

Fig. 2. Pseucode Dijkstra

Application design using application development tools on the android platform. Starting from application manufacture to test the software using android developer device. Eclipse as a support tool in the development, development, documentation and test applications that are included with Java language that can be easily used [5]. Errors correction will appear in clips, allowing users to optimize the performance of the created system. The input code works as a system unit with their respective roles. Until no more errors will be found in the application tests on SDK devices that duplicate the operation of the app on

the computer before device installation on the device.

2.2. FLOWCHART

No

START

Enter the initial destination of the pempek store

search destination route

Route found

Shortest Route Search Analysis

Route found

End

Yes

Fig. 3. Flowchart

Figure 3. Describes the work of the system as a whole where the system will pass several stages in finding the shortest route to get the destination location. The system will re-register in case of errors in the determination of the route. Analyzing the shortest route will be done if the system has identified the route with the weight of the least valuable node graph. So that can be passed with a shorter time.

2.3. METHOD RESEARCH

Fig. 4. Waterfall Method

Waterfall Method • Collection of analytical and

theoretical information, service, performance, limits of applicable design objectives.

40 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 48: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

• Designing a soft device with a system that will run on the device.

• Implementation of software ranges with systems used in device creation.

• Test operating system that runs according to the flow system to benchmark the success of the system work in providing services and meet the requirements of each process.

• Optimization and maintenance of software can be done with the development and repair, error correction on the system unit.

3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION After doing some steps and steps in designing and preparing the device. The device will be tested the performance of the system by performing device operation by installing on devices that support the performance of application system that is, a device which use android as flat form and testing of shortest path finding that can be tested.

3.1 DESIGN THE APPLICATION OPERATION

Figure 6 App displays start screen

Figure 7 Selection of destination menu to

pempek shop

Figure 8 the shortest route analysis results

3.2 OPERATION DIJKSTRA

ALGORITHM Analysis of the shortest route is done by determining the starting point of departure to the destination point. Can be seen in Figure 9-13.

4. CONCLUSION Dijkstra's algorithm is used in searching a route with the smallest graph weights analysis.

The Implementation Dijkstra algorithm method can be developed on android platform applications.

Use of Android Platform as an application developer is selected based on current android mobile phone usage level.

5. REFERENCES [1] Purboyo, A. H., 2010, Aplikasi

Algoritma Dijkstra – Rute Tersingkat (Shortest Path)

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 41

Page 49: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

[2] Misa, T. J., 2010, An Interview with Edsger W.Dijkstra, Viewpoints, 41-47.

[3] Klette, R dan Lie F., 2011, Euclidean Shortest Paths, Springer, London.

[4] R Halda, AY Ranius, , H Syaputra, “Implementasi Algoritma Dijkstra

Untuk menentukan Jalur Terpendek Rumah Sakit Di Kota Palembang, “ unpublished

[5] Kadir, A., 2003, FROM Zero to A Pro-Pemrograman Aplikasi Android, Yogyakarta:ANDI

Figure 9 Route pempek Candy Figure 10 Route pempek Saga Sudi Mampir

Figure 11 Rute pempek Pak Raden Figure 12 Route Pempek Nony

Figure 13 Route pempek 1707

TABLE I. PEMPEK SHOP

No Pempek Store Name Longitude Latitude 1 Pempek Candy

Jalan Srijaya Negara No.200, Bukit Lama, Ilir Barat I, Bukit Lama, Ilir Bar. I, Kota Palembang, Sumatera Selatan 30139

-2.980494130776228 104.7245791554451

2 Pempek Saga Sudi Mampir Jl. Merdeka, 22 Ilir, Bukit Kecil, Kota Palembang, Sumatera Selatan 30113

-.9907108600164904 104.75630298256874

3 Pempek Pak Raden No.80A., Jl. Radial, 24 Ilir, Bukit Kecil, Kota Palembang, Sumatera Selatan 30134

-2.98076801562641 104.74686495959759

4 Pempek Nony Jalan Srijaya Negara No.200, Bukit Lama, Ilir Barat I, Bukit Lama, Ilir Bar. I, Kota Palembang, Sumatera Selatan 30139

-.9661448801597317 104.74724985659122

5 Pempek 1707 Jalan Srijaya Negara No.200, Bukit -2.9918311654343315 104.72746789455414

42 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 50: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Lama, Ilir Barat I, Bukit Lama, Ilir Bar. I, Kota Palembang, Sumatera Selatan 30139

TABLE II. OPERATION DIJKSTRA ALGORITHM THE SHORTEST ROUTE

No Initial Node The Purpose of Passed Node Distance traveled

1 10 12 10-9-8-7-12 61.6676+745.1725+268.4439+845.7563

2 7 10 7-8-9-10 268.4439+745.1725+619.6676 3 13 12 13-17-12 299.4161+1025+5954 4 17 5 17-13-6-5 499.4161+798.2937+1025.5395

5 16 20 16-15-19-18-20 550.8470+27.1469+529.2726+666.4583

TABLE III. Result No Destinasi Weight Graf (m) 1 Candy ±2479.0403 2 Saga Sudi mampir ±1633.284 3 Pak Raden ±154.8118 4 Nony ±2314.2493 5 1707 ±2018.7248

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 43

Page 51: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

44 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 52: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Design and Analysis of Spar I Beam Profile Using Composite Material in UAV Structure

Lenny Iryani1, Fithri N. P.2, Andi M. Kadir2, Bambang Irawan2 1Aeronautics Study Program, Politeknik Negeri Bandung, Indonesia

2Badan Pengkajian dan Penerapan Teknologi, Indonesia

Abstract

In this research, the estimation of the spar strength I beam profile using composite material is proposed. A set of three point-bend experiment to measure the strength of its structure were conducted. The process to manufacture its structure were explained as well. It was found that the maximum strength of the spar design is 6000 N. It can be seen that the manufacturing process of the spar structure by using composite materials in this research gives high strength value. Key Words: 3(three) to 5(five) words using times new roman , 10 point 1. INTRODUCTION

Recently by the advance of composite materials technology, the use of composite materials in aircraft structures are increase. The report of this particular field was carried out by Dr Alison J Beck and Dr Alma Hodzic [1]. As shown in Figure 1 the percentage of the structural mass of composite material were increased. It can be seen that in 2010 the Boeing 787 used the composite materials more than 50%. The use of the composite materials give an advantage, i.e. the reduction of the lightweight of the aircraft structures. It can be reduced more than 20% of the weight of the structure compared by using an equivalent aluminium alloy component [1].

Figure 1. Increased use of composites in aircraft since

1970 [1]

The use of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) in the recent decades was increased significantly both in the military and civil aviation applications. One of the reason of the increase in using the UAVs are the effective cost than manned systems. It also can be said that the UAVs can be used for the multi-purpose versatile aircraft. Another advantage of the used of the UAVs are in the maintenance and repair processes aspect. It can be performed very quickly and easily, since they are assembled from small, cheap and easy to manufacture composite parts.

According to the defined mission profile, sizes, range, endurance, and flight altitude, the UAVs can be classify as shown in Table 1. The classification of the UAVs according to the sizes are generally classify as mini UAVs. The purpose of the mini UAVs are designed to do some purpose, i.e. airbourne intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance missions by carrying cameras or other equipment as a payload. In the classification of medium range UAVs it is have more payload and capable performing more complicated missions than mini UAVs. Another classification of the UAVs are the medium and high altitude long

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 45

Page 53: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

endurance which is it can be surmount any kind of mission successfully in almost any flight condition. Introduction should clearly describe the identification of the problems, objectives and the contribution of the research.

The use of Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) in the recent decades was increased significantly both in the military and civil aviation applications. One of the reason of the increase in using the UAVs are the effective cost than manned systems. It also can be said that the UAVs can be used for the multi-purpose versatile aircraft. Another advantage of the used of the UAVs are in the maintenance and repair processes aspect. It can be performed very quickly and easily, since they are assembled from small, cheap and easy to manufacture composite parts.

According to the defined mission profile, sizes, range, endurance, and flight altitude, the UAVs can be classify as shown in Table 1. The classification of the UAVs according to the sizes are generally classify as mini UAVs. The purpose of the mini UAVs are designed to do some purpose, i.e. airbourne intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance missions by carrying cameras or other equipment as a payload. In the classification of medium range UAVs it is have more payload and capable performing more complicated missions than mini UAVs. Another classification of the UAVs are the medium and high altitude long endurance which is it can be surmount any kind of mission successfully in almost any flight condition.

In the present work, the design and manufacturing process of the use of composite material in UAVs structure,

classify in Medium Latitude Long Endurance (MALE) has been developed. By using the experimental method, the strength of the structure were carried out.

2. THEORY The materials consist of two or more materials which produce beneficial properties are define as composite. In the aircraft structure, the composite materials consist of fiber and matrix. The function of the fiber is carrying the load exerted on the composite structure and providing stiffness, strength, thermal stability, and other structural properties. Matrix material carries out several functions in a composite structure, some which are binding the fibers together and transferring the load to the fibers, and providing protection to reinforcing fibers against chemical attack, mechanical damage and other environmental effects like moisture, humidity, etc [3].

Composites can be classified on the basis of the form of their structural components: fibrous composites, which consist of fibers of one material in a matrix material of another; particulate composites, which are composed of macrosize particles of one material in a matrix of another; and laminated composites, which are made of layers of different materials, including composites of the first two types [4].

The illustration of the composite materials are shown in Figure 2 [5].

46 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 54: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 2. Fiber and Matrix of Composite Materials

In this work, the design, manufacturing process and analysis of the UAVs structures are presented for the spar beam profile. The profile of the spar beam was conducted using I beam profile. The dimension of the spar I beam profile was shown in Figure 3. The length of the profile was 600 mm.

Figure 3. Dimension of the spar I beam profile

On the top and bottom of the I beam profile were using one layer of the ± 45o of fiber direction. It can be seen in Figure 3 the ± 45o of layer was showed as an area with shaded line. Meanwhile the rest of the part of the I beam profile were used Uni Directional (UD) fiber. The properties of each layers and the properties of the fiber are shown in Table 2. The adhesive used to bond the layers are Araldite AV 4076-1 and hardener are HV 5309-1. The density of the

adhesive equal to 1.3 gr/cm3. Part 2 explains about the theory used in the research completed with model description, hypothesis analysis or framework and implementation. The distance between paragraphs is double space.

3. METHODOLOGY The important process to produce

the composite materials with a good quality and good properties are the manufacturing process. It should be noted that the fiber and matrix are very sensitive to the change of the temperature where they are to be manufactured. In this section the manufacturing process for the I beam profile were presented. As explained in section 3, the design of the I beam profile were using the ± 45o and UD carbon fiber. The sequences of the process were shown in Figure 4.

4a.

4b.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 47

Page 55: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

4c.

4d Figure 4. The sequences of manufacturing process of

Spar beam profile

As shown in Figure 4, the manufacturing process of the spar beam profile were began with the preparation of the fiber carbon and cut it according to the dimension of the profile (Figure 4.a). The next step was bonded for each layer by using adhesive materials (Figure 4.b.). After the first layer and the second was bonded, the process of vacuum bagging was provided (Figure 4.c.). The purpose of the vacuum process was to remove the air from each layer so that the composite materials would gave good properties. Before the experiment were conducted, the weight of the profile were measured (Figure 4.d.).

The next step after the manufacturing process were done was the experimental process. In this work, the experiment were conducted in three point bend experiment. As shown in Figure 5, the specimen were placed in two fixed point of the machine and the load cell placed in the middle of the specimen.

Figure 5. Test Preparation

The controlled load cell were then gave the load to the specimen until the specimen are broke. The broken specimen can be shown in Figure 6. It broke right in the middle of the specimen.

Figure 6. The surface of the spar profile after the test conducted

The maximum load of the experiment can be seen in the digital display of the machine. In this work, for the spar I beam profile, the maximum load of the experiment were shown at 6000 N.

4. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION The manufacturing process of the spar I beam profile using composite materials were has been conducted. From the sequences of the

1. Specimen 2. Load Cell

48 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 56: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

manufacturing process there are several important note that can be improved for the next design and analysis so that the profile using composite materials will give a good performance. One of the important notes are the process of vacuum bagging the stacking layers of the materials. It should be noted that there are no air trapped in the the layers of the composite materials. In the present work, the trapped air are still exist even though it is very small. It can be seen in the surface of the layers there are trapped air in it.

Another aspect have to be considered are the process when bonded each layer of the fiber. The use of the adhesive should be as less as possible but the bond are still strong. In the present work, the use of adhesive are more than it used to be. It can be seen from the weight of the profile, it is twice than the design calculation. The weight of the design calculation was 250 gr and the weight after the manufacturing process finished was 500 gr.

From the experiment it can be seen that the strength of the spar beam profile give a highest values compared to the other spar profile [6], i.e. 6000 N. Further investigation were then will be conducted by using other spar profile, i.e. C profile, square profile, etc.

5. CONCLUSION The strength of the spar I beam profile using composite materials give a good values, i.e. 6000 N. It can be concluded that by using composite material the design of the spar I beam profile gives an efficient profile, i.e. its strength give a high values by using only 500 gr weight of the spar structure. For further work, the

analysis of the strength of the spar structure using composite materials will be conducted by using other spar profile, i.e. C profile, square profile, etc.

6. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT This work was carried out with the financial support from Pusat Teknologi Industri Pertahanan dan Keamanan (PTIPK) Badan Pengkajian dan Penerapan Teknologi (BPPT) in the training program of “Tailor Made Course teknologi komposit Pesawat Udara Nir Awak” and the authors gratefully acknowledged.Part 5 consists of the conclusion and suggestions if any.

7. REFERENCES [1] Alison J Beck, Alma Hodzic, A.

Mecke, University of Sheffield, Department of Mechanical Engineering (2008)

[2] Unmanned Vehicle Systems International web site, “http://www.uvs-international.org/”, as accurate of February 23rd, 2007.

[3] Mazumdar, S. K., “Composites Manufacturing: Materials, Product, and Process Engineering”, CRC Press, 2002.

[4] Reddy, J. N., “Mechanics of Laminated Composite Plates”, CRC Press, 1997.

[5] KVE Composite Repair Training Syllabus, KVE Composite Repair BV, Netherland (2015)

[6] Joko Purwono, Design and analysis of spar beam profile using C profile made from composite materials, BPPT (to be published). Adams B, Alden J, and Harris N (2006) Regional development and spatial planning in an enlarged European Union. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 49

Page 57: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Tabel 1. Classification of UAVs defined by UVS International [2] UAV Category Range

[km] Flight Altitude

[m] Endurance

[hr] Max. Take Off

Weight [kg] Example

Micro < 10 250 1 < 5 Wasp III Mini < 10 150 – 300 < 2 < 30 Raven Medium Range 70 – 200 5000 6 – 10 1250 Sky

Spirit Medium Altitude Long Endurance

> 500 14000 24 – 48 1500 Predator

High Altitude Long Endurance

> 2000 20000 24 – 48 12000 Global Hawk

Tabel 2. Material Database [5]

Material Area fibre mass [gr/m2]

Thickness [mm]

σ1C [MPa] σ2C [MPa]

E1 [GPa]

E2 [GPa]

UD Carbon fiber 600 0.58 1308 50 141 12 ± 45o Carbon fiber 200 0.25 240 240 20.8 20.8

50 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 58: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Mobile SCADA application of Remote Terminal Unit For Water Distribution Process

Murie Dwiyaniti, Kendi Moro N, Tohazen

Electrical Engineering, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta Jl Prof.Dr.GA Siwabessy, Kampus Baru UI Depok 16425

email : [email protected],[email protected]

Abstract

The demand for automation of plant in the process industry is enormous. Currently, most controllers are only able to control the work process only and needed another tool to monitor it, for example, a water distribution system plant requires not only the control system but also the monitor system. Water levels, pressure in pipes, flow rates, disturbances and so on should be controlled and their values changes should be observed in real time and online so they can quickly diagnose and track errors. Hence, the aim of this project is to develop an intelligent RTU controller that provides a complete solution that is a system of integration between controllers, monitors, and data acquisition applied to the water distribution process plant. The RTU connects directly to the input and output of the plant to control the system and integrates with SCADA device communications via multiprotocol, Smartphone via wifi modem, and internet via GSM modem. The system has been successfully tested to controlling and monitoring the water distribution process plant. The real-time measurement data has been shown in SCADA, web, and Smartphone application which indicates the successful implementation of multifunctional RTU based on ARM Cortex microcontroller embedded with mobile SCADA monitoring.

Key Words: RTU, SCADA, water distribution controller, mobile monitoring 1. INTRODUCTION Process monitoring and accessing a plant in the industrial system is needed to determine the condition of an ongoing process. It is necessary to facilitate the user in decision making, controlling the situation and solving problems faster, precise and accurate. But the obstacles to monitor the plant would occur if the position of plant spread in various locations in the far distance. Mobile monitoring technology is one solution that can be used. With various mobile technologies such as laptop, HP, Tablet or PC connected to the Internet network or modem, monitoring process can be occured in all location. This study intends to design build, test and analyze a RTU ARM Cortex-based microcontroller that embedded with interfaces for mobile monitoring. The RTU will be tested for controlling

a plant water distribution system. By using at least two kinds of communication protocols, the system will be monitored by a wide range of communication devices such as cell phones, tablets and PCs connected to the Internet network and modem. 2. THEORY Controlling and monitoring equipment within a distance with mobile devices such as tablets, smart phones and iPod are very popular today. Many researchers had been researched about mobile monitoring system such as to monitor the condition of the air conditioner (HVAC) (Colak I, etc, 2008), (Yoo Sungil, etc, 2014), (Castillo Daniel, etc, 2015) and to monitor a lighting system for the smart home ( Piyare R & Lee, 2013).

Several patents have been generated by researchers associated with the mobile monitoring connected with

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 51

Page 59: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

PLC controllers. Among them are (1) Making the Web interface as a medium for connecting PLC with monitoring (Papadooulus Dean, etc, 2000), so the user can monitor the PLC in remotely via the Internet; (2) The use of multiple wireless for sending and retrieving data from plant controlled by RTU (Paul F Mclaughlin, etc, 2015); (3) System integration of SCADA with RTU / PLC using GPRS communication network and VPN network that is applied to the water distribution plant (Hu Jie Min, 2015), he uses Wonderware SCADA Software to be connected to siemens PLC.

From search of journals and patents, on each controller RTU / PLC using only one interface for mobile monitoring. Innovation in this research is the merger of two interfaces for mobile monitoring and two communication protocols for SCADA systems that are applied to the water distribution simulator. Two mobile monitoring interfaces used are a GSM modem for Internet connection and a wireless modem to connect to the gadget. For SCADA systems, two of the communication protocols are Modbus TCP/IP and RS485. Complexity and Connectivity at the RTU is to be tested and examined.

3. METHODOLOGY The research activities carried out at the Laboratory SCADA of Electrical Engineering PNJ. We used experimental method by creating a prototype of RTU-base on microcontroller ARM Cortex XMC 4500. All mobile device such as PC, tablet, smart phone and website will be integrated with RTU. It is applied to the simulator of distribution water, as shown in Figure 1.

Ethernet RS 232/RS485

Converter

Server SCADA

Mod

bus

TCP

/IP

PLC GLOFA

Mod

bus

Ser

ial

RTU

Simulator Distribusi Air Simulator Distribusi Air

MODEM WIFI

MODEM GSM

Mobile HMI Panel

CloudInternet

WEB Server

Figure 1 Application of RTU for Simulator distribution

of water

The activity of research are: 1. Designing algorithma programm

modbus in RTU. Modbus is a protocol that uses to communicate between RTU and other devices.

2. Designing and programming layout or display in monitor for SCADA. We use Vijeo Citect software. To communicate between SCADA and RTU using modbus TCP/IP and hardware of ethernet cable.

3. Designing and programming layout or display in monitor for Smartphone. To communicate smartphone and RTU using modem wifi.

4. Designing and programming an application program in Website. We use html program to make display website. To communicate with RTU using GPRS modem.

5. Testing all monitoring system.

4. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION

4.1 DESIGN LAYOUT OR DISPLAY SCADA, SMARTPHONE AND WEBSITE

The working process of water distribution simulator will be monitored in real-time via SCADA, smart phone, and website. The display

52 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2016

Page 60: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

of all mobile devices can be seen in Figure 2, 3, and 4.

4.2 COMMUNICATION CONFIGURATION

Configuration of communication is very important to connect RTU with other media for process monitoring. In this RTU, is made of two types of connections, using modem wifi and modem GPRS with Modbus TCP protocol. Modem wifi is used for connected SCADA and smart phones to RTU. GPRS is used for connected RTU to the internet/website. 4.2.1 Configuration communication of

SCADA and smart phone to RTU via wifi

Ethernet

SCADA

Smartphone

Simulator

Modem Wifi

RTU

Figure 5. block diagram connnection between simulator,

RTU, SCADA, and smart phone

Connectivity testing carried out in accordance block diagram in Figure 5. In figure 5, we can see that for monitoring proceess of simulator are used two devices, SCADA and smart phone. Each devices can control and monitor simulator. All device must be configured the communcation parameter. Setting communication parameters in SCADA software are board, ports, and I/O devices. Ethernet TCP/IP is a

hardwire that used to connect RTU and SCADA. Communication parameter can be seen in Figure 6. Setting communication parameters in smart phone is very simple. Communication parameter can be seen in Figure 7.

Figure 7. Setting communication in smart phone

After setting parameter is correct, the next step is testing the communication. Results connectivity between RTU for SCADA and smart phones via wifi modem with IP address 192.168.0.10 RTU is successful. It is characterized by the delivery of information packets = 4, received packets = 4, no data is lost. Time estimate of sending and receiving data are 0 millisecond. It can be seen in figure 8.

Figure 8. result of connection between RTU, SCADA, and smart phone

The success of the connection through wifi can save the use of wires. But the wifi modem has distance limitations for transferring data. The farther distance wifi modem with SCADA

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 53

Page 61: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

and smart phones, the longer it takes to transfer data. Data transfer is also problematic if it is blocked by tall buildings. The test results based on distance data transfer connection can be seen in Table 1. 4.2.2 Configuration modem

GPRS for connecting WEB to RTU

For connect RTU to the internet using GPRS modem. Command for GPRS are:

AT+SAPBR=3,1,"Contype","GPRS"<CR><LF> AT+SAPBR=3,1,"APN","3GPRS"<CR><LF> AT+SAPBR=3,1,"USER","3GPRS"<CR><LF> AT+SAPBR=3,1,"PWD","3GPRS"<CR><LF> AT+SAPBR=1,1<CR><LF> AT+HTTPINIT AT+HTTPPARA="CID",1<CR><LF> AT+HTTPPARA="URL","http://research-electro.com/proses/submit.php?act=input&manual=1&p2=1"<CR><LF> AT+HTTPACTION=0<CR><LF> AT+HTTPREAD=0,100<CR><LF> AT+HTTPTERM<CR><LF> It must be written in programm RTU. These command is to open the connection web via GPRS. The website address: www.research-electro.com. Block diagram of connection between RTU and website can be seen in figure 9 and 10.

WEB BROWSER(HTTP CLIENT)

RTU (HTTP SERVER)

HTTP Request

HTTP Response

Figure 9. block diagram conection WEB and RTU

START

Is any Command from

WEB?

Record data to database

Is any Request from RTU?

Response from RTU

Is RTU get data from WEB?

Update status device

STOP

NO

YES

NO

YES

YES

Is Time out 10 ms?

YES

Send error data to RTU

NO

Figure 10. Flowchart write and read data from WEB to RTU

4.3 TESTING MONITORING SYSTEM FOR SIMULATOR

Testing is done with two objectives. The first is to determine whether the monitoring system with mobile devices can be applied to the simulator; second, to see the animation of the mobile devices. These animation must be the same with the plant. For example, if LED of pump 1 in simulator is ON, so in all mobile devices are ON. Description of simulator can be seen in figure 11. Activity of testing is shown in figure 12 and the result can be seen in figure 13.

54 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2016

Page 62: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 12 Activity of testing

Figure 13 Graphic comparison of pump speed and water

level

From figure 13, we see that the pump speed is divided into five levels. When the tank 1 is full about 810-1000 liters, the pump will work at 80 % of maximum speed, 2320 rpm. Furthermore, if the water decrese into positions 610-800 liter, pump speed is reduced to 75 % or 2175 rpm. Meanwhile, when the water level is at the position of 410-600 liters, the pump speed is reduced again to 2030 rpm. Finally, when the tank 1 empty or water level in the position of 0-200 liters, the pump is OFF. 5. CONCLUSION Making the monitoring system to monitor the work process simulator has been successful. Integration of multiple devices such as SCADA, smart phone and the Web has worked well. This is shown by the results of the animation on the layout of SCADA, smart phones, and WEB accordance with the description of the simulator. But working conditions monitoring system is highly

dependent on a range wifi modems for SCADA and smart phones. For web, data transfer rate is strongly influenced by the internet provider.

6. REFERENCES Aung Naing Myint, Hla Soe, Theingi,

and Win Khaing Moe, 2008, Implementation of Control Unit using SCADA System for Filling System, World Academy of Science, Engineering and Technology Vol:2 2008, p10-25

A.Dean Papadopoulos, etc, 2000, System

for remotely accessing an industrial control system over a commercial communications network, US 09/174,565, US6061603A

Daniel Castillo, John Manby, Farhad

Abrishamkar, 2015, Mobile Device for comercial RTU, US 14/137,719, US20150179054A1

Hu Jie Min, 2015, City water supply

integrated SCADA system, CN 201420716513, CN294291047 U

Ilhami Colak, Sevki Demirbas, Ibrahim

Sefa, etc, 2008, Remote controlling and monitoring of HVAC system over internet, Journal of Scientific & Industrial Research, Vol/67, September 2008, pp.680-684

Murie Dwiyaniti, Kendi Moro

N,Tohazen, 2015, Desain dan implementasi Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) berbasis Arm Cortex pada SimulatorDistribusi Air, Jurnal Nasional Teknik Elektro (JNTE) Vol 5, No.2, 2016

Nabil Litayem, Manjur Kolhar, Imene

Mhadhbi, Saied M. Abd El-atty, Slim Ben Saoud, 2013, Hashing Based Authentication for Ultra-Low Cost Low Power SCADA Application Using MSP430 Microcontroller, International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 55

Page 63: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Website: www.ijetae.com (ISSN 2250-2459, ISO 9001:2008 Certified Journal, Volume 3, Issue 12, December 2013)

Osama Abbas Hussein, Jabir S.Azis,

2009, Design and Implementation of Low Cost Multi-purpose SCADA system using Embedded Ethernet, Jounal of Engineering and Applied Sciences 4 (3); p. 210-214

Paul F.Mclaughin, Alexander C, William

Osei-Bonsu, 2015, Remote terminal unit (rtu) with wireless diversity and related method, PCT/US2014/055307, WO2015047744A1

Rajeev Piyare, Seong Ro Lee, 2013,

Smart Home-Control and Monitoring System Using Smart Phone, ICCA 2013, ASTL Vol. 24, pp. 83 – 86

Rika Sustika, Oka Mahendra, 2010,

Pengembangan RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) untuk Sistem Kontrol Jarak Jauh berbasis IP, INKOM Vol. IV No. 2 Nov 2010, p.88-94

Sungil Yoo, Hyeok Oh, Eun-Ji Kim and

Dongik Oh, 2014, Development of a remote embedeed system controlled by a mobile device, International Journal of Control and Automation Vol 7, No.4, pp 305-312, http://dx.doi.org/10.14257/ijca.2014.7.4.27

W. N. S. E. Wan Jusoh, M.A. Mat

Hanafiah, M.R. Ab. Ghani, S.H. Raman, 2013, Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) Hardware Design and Implementation Efficient in Different Application, IEEE 7th International Power Engineering and Optimization Conference (PEOCO2013), Langkawi, Malaysia. 3-4 June 2013

Wael E. Matti, Jabir S. Aziz, 2012, Design and Implementation of General Purpose Remote Terminal Unit (R.T.U), Global Journal Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Volume 12 Issue 7

Figure 2. Layout SCADA

Figure 3. Layout smartphone

Figure 4. Layout Website

(www.research-electro.com)

56 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2016

Page 64: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 6. Communication parameter (Ports, Boards, and I/O Devices)

Table 1. result of connection RTU to SCADA via modem wifi No Jarak (m) Paket Data Approximate round trip times 1 0 Sent = 4, received = 4, Lost = 0 % Min = 0 ms, Max = 0 ms, Average = 0 ms 2 5 Sent = 4, received = 4, Lost = 0 % Min =3 ms, Max = 11 ms, Average = 8 ms 3 10 Sent = 4, received = 4, Lost = 0 % Min =6 ms, Max = 12 ms, Average = 9 ms 4 15 Sent = 4, received = 4, Lost = 0 % Min =8 ms, Max = 19 ms, Average = 14 ms 5 20 Sent = 4, received = 4, Lost = 0 % Min =2 ms, Max = 40 ms, Average =30 ms 6 25 Sent = 4, received = 4, Lost = 0 % Min =6 ms, Max = 60 ms, Average = 40 ms 7 30 Sent = 4, received = 4, Lost = 0 % Min =7 ms, Max = 89 ms, Average =50 ms

2

Start

Initial condition Tank 1:Tank 1 = 100%

Flow trans = 2000 l/mPressure trans = 100 kPa

Tank 1 full = 810-1000 ltLevel 4?

Pump 1 ON, Speed 80% = 2320 RpmValve 1, 2, 3 ON

Pump 1 ON, Speed 75% = 2175 Rpm

Valve 1, 2 On, Valve 3 Off

Yes

No

Tank 1 = 610-800 ltLevel 3?

Tank 1= 410-600 ltLevel 2?

Pump 1 ON, Speed 70% = 2030 Rpm

Valve 1 On, Valve 2,3 Off

Pump 1 ON, Speed 60% = 1740 Rpm

Valve 1 On,Valve 2, 3 Off

Yes

No

Tank 1 = 210-400 ltLevel 1?

No

No

Yes

Yes

Pump 1 OFF, Speed 0% = 0 Rpm

Valve 1, 2, 3 Off

Tank 1 = 0-200 ltLevel 0?

No

Yes

2

1

Pump 2 ON, Pump 3 ON

Tank 2 = 810-1000 ltLevel High-high (HH)?

Tank 2= 610-800 ltLevel High (H)?

Pump 2 OFF, Pump 3 ON

Pump 2 ON, Pump 3 OFF

Yes

No

Tank 2 = 310-600 ltLevel Medium (M)?

No

No

Yes

Yes

Pump 2 OFF, Pump 3 OFF

Tank 2 = 0-300 ltLevel Low (L)?

Yes

Initial condition Tank 2:Tank 1 = 0%, Pompa 1 OffTank 2 100%, All sensor

level tangk 2 ON

1

Figure 11 Flowchart descriptions of water distribution system

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 57

Page 65: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

58 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2016

Page 66: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Kinetics and Thermodynamics of Golds Absorbtion with Chitosan from the Shrimp Shell of NTB

Dwi Sabda Budi Prasetya1, Ahmadi 1, Dwi Pangga1, Ari Dwi Nugraheni2, Harsojo2

1Pendidikan Kimia IKIP Mataram,, 2Fisika FMIPA Universitas Gadjah Mada

Abstract

Chitosan from the local shrimp shell of NTB has been produced and applied as a gold (Au) absorber. Application of chitosan as a golden absorber is an effort to the gold recovery process that is eco-friendly. Chitosan from the shrimp shell was making through three processes : demineralization using HCl 1.5 M, deproteination using 3.5% NaOH, and deacetylation using NaOH 60%. The chitosan of the research was analyzed using FTIR and the deacetylation degree was calculated by 71,17%. The result of analysis using AAS is 0,1 gram chitosan to Au at 10 ppm concentration solution with 10, 20, 30 and 40 min respectively 50,88%, 45,61%, 40,46% and 37.66%. Ploting graph of the result has been done by using the zero order, first order, second order, and third order. The result of ploting graph shows that third order kinetic equation which is more suitable for kinetic absorption model of gold by using chitosan, that is satisfies linear equation Y = 0,180 X + 7,176 with R2 = 0,986 so that the absorption rate constant 0,180 / minute. Keywords: Kinetics, gold, chitosan, NTB, eco-friendly 1. INTRODUCTION

The gold recovery process is an important part in the long mining process. People in West Nusa Tenggara Province perform gold recovery using amalgamation and cyanidation methods [3,5]. Most of these methods are done through precipitation, extraction, adsorption on activated carbon and ion exchange [4]. The main ingredient in amalgamation method is mercury, whereas cyanidation usually uses cyanide and activated carbon. It is well known that the amalgamation method will have a polluting effect on the environment. In a long time this pollution effect is very harmful to humans, animals, and plants. This condition is important to the efforts to go to the environmentally friendly mining process. It has been widely recognized that the absorption process is an effective and inexpensive method for absorption of metal ions, and does not cause toxic side effects. The adsorption method is the process of termination of molecules or adsorbates ions on the surface layer of

the adsorbent, either physically or chemically.

One of the most potential materials used for the adsorption process is chitosan, chitosan is a material that has a high ion exchange capacity. NTB province has a natural wealth that can be used as an absorber of heavy metals. Natural ingredients include the use of shrimp skin that has the potential made chitosan. Shrimp skin that has been just thrown away and pollute the environment is a wealth of abundant and can be processed into chitosan. Chitosan is a natural biopolymer that has the structure of reactive amino groups and hydroxyl functional groups. Chitosan also has a characteristic as a trap metal in the form of positive ion is interesting to be developed considering the capture of ions in the mining industry is usually done with harmful materials such as mercury compounds. Chitosan is the basic material in this study, because of its abundance in NTB. Elsabee. et al. [2] in his research explains that chitosan is a natural polymer that has

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 59

Page 67: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

enormous potential to be applied in various fields, namely biomedical, wastewater treatment due to fact being able to absorb many metal cations.

The aim of this research is to make chitosan from local shrimp shell of NTB then applied as gold absorber and determined suitable kinetic model in Au metal adsorption process by considering chitosan absorption. The resulting chitosan was analyzed using FTIR to determine the degree of deacetylation. The study was conducted by varying the stirring time. The concentration of Au metal was analyzed by using atomic absorption spectrophotometer (AAS).

2. METHODOLOGY Instrument The tools used in this research are: A set of crushing tools, 80 mesh sieve, Hot plate stirrer, Magnetic stirrer Oven memmer, Analytical oher, Stop watch, FTIR, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer (AAS), Universal PH, Thermometer, , Pumpkin, Funnel, Elenmeyer, Pipette.

Materials Research The ingredients used in this study were: Shrimp shell, HCl pa, NaOH pa, CH3COOH pa, Au 1000 ppm solution, Ninhydrin as an amine-oxidizing agent in chitosan, AgNO3 to identify Cl- ion, PP indicator to identify OH- Aquades. The procedure of making chitosan; a) Demineralization, shrimp powder with size 80 mesh added HCl solution 1.5 M with a ratio of 1:15 (gr powder / ml HCl). The mixture was heated at 40-50 ° C and stirring at 50 rpm for 4 hours. It is then cleansed by aquades until the Cl- content is lost. Then heated for 24 hours at 80 ° C

b) Deproteinasi, shrimp shrimp powder obtained from demineralization process added 3.5% NaOH solution with 1:10 ratio (gr powder / ml NaOH). The mixture was heated at 40-50 ° C and stirring at 50 rpm for 4 hours. This process has produced chitin. It is then cleansed by aquades to OH-lost content. Then heated for 24 hours at 80 ° C c) Deacetylation, in this process chitin powder added 60% NaOH solution with a ratio of 1:20 (g powder / ml NaOH) at a temperature of 40-50oC while stirring at a speed of 50 rpm for 4 hours. Further cleaned using aquades until the pH content is neutral. Then heated for 24 hours at 80oC. Design of Experiments The research process was conducted to study the kinetics of gold absorption by chitosan from local shrimp shell of NTB. The prepared chitosan was tested using FTIR to determine the value of deacetylation degree (DD). The Au application study was carried out by applying chitosan as an adsorbent with variation of stirring time 10, 20, 30, 40 min. The absorption results were analyzed using AAS to be analyzed by using the kinetics equation of order 0, first order, second order, and third order to determine the appropriate order. Absorption experiments A total of 0.1 grams of chitosan were introduced into 25 ml of a 10 ppm Au metal ion soluble solution, stirred using a hot plate stirrer at 50 rpm at 25° C with a mixture of 10, 20, 30, and 40 minutes. The solution is then filtered and the remaining Au ion content is measured using AAS. Determination of Absorbtion Kinetics

60 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 68: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

The Kinetics of Au metal absorption by chitosan is determined by the variation of the stirring time. The agitation time in this study varied 10, 20, 30, and 40 minutes. The absorption kinetics model is used because it is more economical to design an absorption process [1]. In this research used kinetics order model zero, first order, second order, and third order. The four models are written in equations (1), (2), (3), and (4):

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION Preparation of chitosan from shrimp shells has been done through several processes, namely demineralisasi, deproteinasi, and deasetilasi. The deacetylation process is carried out by using 60% NaOH, because based on the results of previous studies it has concluded that the most optimized diacetylation process is carried out using 60% NaOH. Acetylated chitin is chitosan to be characterized including texture, color, odor, water content test, 2% acetic acid solubility, and test with ninhydrin solution. This characterization is done to ascertain whether the chitosan of this research has fulfilled Indonesian National Standard (SNI). The results of characterization compared with SNI chitosan that can be seen in table 1. From the results of this characterization shows that chitosan made from local shrimp skin NTB feasible to use because it has a character in accordance with the SNI.

After chitosan characterization using FTIR to see the peaks of chitosan

formation. FTIR test result data show that chitosan of this research is in accordance with FTIR test result data for standard chitosan. The results data for chitosan of the research results can be seen in Figure 1. Chitosan that was characterized by using infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) and the result with standard chitosan infrared spectrum. The standard chitosan infrared spectrum shows the twelve major peaks in the range of 897.41; 1026.63; 1077,93; 1154.64; 1259,54; 1422,73; 1587.94; 1660,55; 2361,41; 2922.85; 2922,85 and 3377,95 cm-1. If the chitosan sample from the research results shows its peak starting from wavelength 894.97; 1033,85; 1072.42; 1103.28; 1319.31; 1427.32; 1543,05; 1651.07; 2368,59; 2924,09; 3425.58 and up to 3448,72 cm-1.

The data shown in FIG. 1 is used for calculations to determine the degree of deacetylation of chitosan and the deacetylation degrees of 71.17% are obtained. Baxter et al (1992) in Dutarte et al (2005), explains that if deacetylation degrees <60%, then the polymer is called chitin and if the deacetylation degree is> 60%, then the polymer is called chitosan. Based on FTIR spectrum analysis result which is compared between chitosan result of research with chitosan standard there is no significant difference. This shows that the compound of this research is chitosan.

The Gold absorption with chitosan In this study was done by Bacth, ie Au and absorbent solution stirred at the same time and the predetermined rate of mortar.Chitosan which has been declared as feasible with SNI suitability is applied as a gold ion absorber. In accordance with the research design, the absorption process is done by variation of stirring

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 61

Page 69: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

time. The absorption results are analyzed using AAS. Data analysis with AAS can be seen in table 2.

Table 2 showed of gold absorption using chitosan with variation of stirring time. The data in table 2 has shown equilibrium or thermodynamics in the process of absorption of gold. This equilibrium only provides final state information. Time absorption change can be shown by studying the absorption kinetics process. Graph plotting using equation (1) - (4) will know the suitability of the kinetic model, ie from the correlation value (R2). While the value of the reaction constant 0rde 0 (k_0), order 1 (k_1), order 2 (k_2), and order 3 (k_3) are obtained from the slope and intersection. Let see at the plot of the graph in Figure 1, the zero order gives the equation of a straight line y = 0.037 x + 3.871 with R2 = 0.980 to obtain the absorption rate constant of 0.037. First-order kinetic model gives the equation y = 0.003x + 0.594 with R² = 0.972 obtained by absorption rate 0,003. Second order gives the equation y = -0.001x + 0.251 with R² = 0.962 obtained the absorption rate constant 0,001. The third order gives the equation y = 0.180x + 7.176 with R² = 0.986 obtained the absorption rate constant of 0.180.

Based on the results of the graph plot in Figure 2, the kinetic model most suitable for Au uptake using chitosan in this study is a third-order kinetic model which is indicated by the highest R2 value and the highest absorption rate constant.

4. CONCLUSION The results showed that chitosan from local shrimp shell NTB can be used as an Au gold ion absorber that satisfies third order pseudo kinetics model. REFERENCES [1.] Ho, Y.S., McKay, The Kinetics of

Sorption of Divalent Metal ions onto Sphagnum moss Peat, Water research, 34, 735-742, 2000

[2.] Elsabee, M.Z., Naguib, H.F., Morsi, R.E., Chitosan based nanofibers review. Materials Science and Engineering: C 32, 1711–1726, 2012.

[3.] Ismawati, Y., TitikRawanMerkuri di Indonesia. Situs PESK: PoboyodanSekotong di Indonesia. LaporanKampanyeBebasMerkuri IPEN Balifokus, 2013.

[4.] Xie F, Lu D, Yang H, Dreisinger D, Solvent extraction of silver and gold from alkaline cyanide solution with lix 7950. Mineral Processing & Extractive Metall Rev 35: 229-238, 2014.

[5.] Priyambodo, S., Pengaruh paparan merkuri terhadap kadar iodium urin anak di Kecamatan Sekotong, 2015.

Tabel 1. Karakterisasi kitosan Parameter Nilai dari kitosan

yang diperoleh Nilai dari Standar Internasional

Kadar Air 1,55 ≤ 10 % Kelarutan dalam Asam asetat 2% (1gr/100ml) Larut Larut

Tekstur Serbuk Serbuk Warna Putih Putih sampai Kuning Pucat Bau Tidak Berbau Tidak Berbau Uji dengan Larutan Ninhidrin

Positif berwarna Ungu -

62 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 70: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 1. Spetrum FTIR for chitosan research results

Tabel 2. Hasilpenyerapanemasdengankitosan

Konsentrasi Au Awal (ppm)

WaktuPengadukan (menit) Absorbansi Konsentrasi Au

yang tersisa(ppm)

Konsentrasi Au yang teradsorpsi

(ppm) % Adsorpsi

8,55 10 0,18 4,20 4,35 50,88 8,55 20 0,19 4,65 3,90 45,61 8,55 30 0,20 5,09 3,46 40,46 8,55 40 0,21 5,32 3.22 37,66

Null order

First order

Second order

Third order

Gambar 2. Plot Grafik model kinetika orde nol, orde kesatu, orde kedua, dan orde ketiga

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 63

Page 71: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

64 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 72: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Circular Microstrip Patch Antenna for Wi-Fi Communication at 2.4 GHz

Nuhung Suleman, Yenniwarti Rafsyam, and Agus Wagyana

Telecommunication Engineering, Electrical Engineering Department, State Polytechnic of Jakarta, Kampus UI, Depok

Abstract

Microstrip antenna has many advantages, including simple structure, compact, lightweight, and inexpensive. In this research, we design a circular microstrip patch antenna that can work at the Wi-Fi standard frequency of 2.4 GHz. This study used a microstrip FR4 with dielectric constant of 4.3, loss tangent of 0.002, and thickness of 1.6 mm. Meanwhile, the software used for the antenna simulation is Advance Design System (ADS). The loop antenna has a radius of 17.5 mm. The simulation results addressing that this circular microstrip antenna can work at a frequency of 2.45 GHz and has a gain of 5.15 dBi and return loss of -23.679 dB. Key Words: Microstrip antenna, circular microstrip, Wi-Fi Communication 1. INTRODUCTION Internet access and multimedia applications are getting easier to encourage the rapid development of wireless telecommunication systems. In wireless communication systems, the antenna has a function to convert electrical waves into electromagnetic waves and then transmitted through the air [1]. One type of antenna that attracts a lot of research is microstrip antenna [2]. Microstrip antenna has many advantages, including its structure is simple, compact, lightweight, and inexpensive [3].

The microstrip antennas are the popularly used due to their well known advantages. Microstrip antennas can be designed in so many shapes like square, rectangular, elliptical, circular, etc. Out of these configurations, the circular microstrip antenna can be designed with smaller dimension. In recent years, there has been a prodigious growth of the telecommunications services in the L-band frequencies such as the GPS, and mobile communication systems, etc. [4].

One of the studies conducted to support the system with the different

wireless platforms, including antenna design that is able to do work with the WiFi standard frequency. These antennas are usually designed from microstrip [5]. due to microstrip has a light weight, compact, easy to be fabricated, and cheap [1]. Performance and efficiency of an antenna can be seen from value of the antenna parameter. Some of these parameters relate to each other.

The modes supported by the circular patch antenna can be found by treating the patch, ground plane, and the material between the two as a circular cavity. As with the rectangular patch, the modes that are supported primarily by a circular microstrip antenna whose substrate height is small (h _ λ) are TMz where z is taken perpendicular to the patch. As far as the dimensions of the patch, there are two degrees of freedom to control (length and width) for the rectangular microstrip antenna. Therefore the order of the modes can be changed by changing the relative dimensions of the width and length of the patch (width-to-length ratio) [3].

The microstrip antenna is designed works at a frequency of 2.45 GHz that

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 65

Page 73: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

is useful for WiFi applications. Measured value will also gain, bandwidth and return loss (S11) of the antenna design process results. This study utilized microstrip FR4 with a dielectric constant (εr) of 4.3, loss tangent (δ) of 0.002 and thickness (h) of 1.6 mm. Meanwhile, the software used for the simulation is Advance Design System (ADS).

2. DESIGN OF CIRCULAR MICROSTRIP PATCH ANTENNA Based on the cavity model formulation, a design procedure is outlined which leads to practical designs of circular microstrip antennas. The procedure assumes that the specified information includes the dielectric constant of the substrate, the resonant frequency and the height of the substrate. Other than the rectangular patch, the next most popular configuration is the circular patch or disk, as shown in Figure 1 [3].

Fig. 1. Geometry of circular microstrip patch antenna

In this study, the type of antenna used in the form of a circle where the patch antenna has a simple form. According to [4]. One of the advantages of circular antenna design is its simplicity. The patch antenna circle radii follows an equation (1).

(1)

Which r is a radius of the circular patch dimensions (cm), h is a thickness of substrate (m), εr is a relative dielectric permittivity of the substrate (F / m) and F is a logarithmic function (F) of the radiating elemen, where the value of F satisfies the equation;

(2)

Where fr is an antenna operating frequency (Hz). Minimum dimensions required by the round plane microstrip antenna is given by the equations [6]:

(3)

(4)

Where h is a thickness of

substrate (mm), r is a radius of the circular patch (mm), L is a minimum length of the ground plane (mm), W is a width ninimum ground plane (mm) as shows in Figure 2.

Fig. 2. Design of circular Microstrip Patch antenna

By equation (1), the value of h

must be in units of cm, while in equation (2) the value of f must be in Hz units. The antenna design has a fundamental frequency that works on

66 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 74: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

the dominant TM110 mode. Resonannya value is given by the equation (5);

(5)

While the value of c is the speed of light at 3108 m/s. For the design process, this study used microstrip FR4 with dielectric constant εr of 4.3, loss tangent δ of 0.002 and thickness h of 1.6 mm. Meanwhile, the software used for the simulation of Advance Design System (ADS).

During the investigations of antennas performance, it is noticed that the antenna’s gain varies upon stacking a circularly shaped patch. The gain of the proposed antenna for h is 1.6 mm is 5.15 dBi.

Fig. 3. Dimension of Circular microstrip patch antenna Figure 3 shows the dimensions of circular microstrip patch antenna, where L and W with a length of 40 mm and 40 mm in width. The next stage is to do simulations to assess its performance through the analysis of software simulation results by Advance Design System (ADS).

2. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION Part 4 consists of the discussion of the problems and their analysis. In this sub-chapter will be the discussion of

the results of the simulation and design of circular microstrip patch antenna with a dielectric constant of FR4 circle εr 4.3, loss tangent δ 0.002 and thickness h 1.6 mm with software Advance Design System (ADS). In Figure 4 shows the current distribution on the patch antenna circle. Simulation results show that the antenna has a current distribution that is concentrated in its port.

Fig. 4. Currents distribution of circular microstrip patch

antenna

While in Figure 5 shows the frequency characteristics of circular microstrip antenna, which is simulated by advance digital system software, with a thickness of subtract h is 1.6 mm.

Fig. 5. Frequency characteristics of circular microstrip

patch antenna (ADS simulation) for h=1.6 mm

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 67

Page 75: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Fig. 6. The value of return loss (S11) in the circular patch

microstrip antenna While in Figure 6. shows the return loss (S11) in circular microstrip patch antenna with in a complete bandwidth it. Circular patch microstrip antenna has a return loss (S11) at the center frequency of -23.679 dB to 2.460 GHz frequency values above and below the value of the frequency of 2.435 GHz. While other characteristics seen in Figure 7 with a gain of 5.15 dBi and directivity of 6.32 dB.

Fig. 7. The Parameter addition of the circular microstrip patch antenna

3. CONCLUSION The results of the design circular patch microstrip antenna using FR4 material with a dielectric constant of 4.3, loss tangent of 0.002 and thickness of 1.6 mm by using Advance Design System (ADS) as a simulation tool. The simulation results addressing the circular patch microstrip antenna has a gain of 5.15 dBi, a bandwidth of 25MHz and a return loss of -23.679 dB.

4. REFERENCES [1] J. Bahl and P. Bhartia, Microstrip

Antennas, Artech House, Norwood, MA, (1980)

[2] G. Kumar And K.P. Ray, Broaband Microstrip Antennas, First edition, USA, Artech House, (2003)

[3] C. A. Balanis, Antenna Theory : Analysis and Design, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1997)

[4] P. Tilane, Gain Enhancement of Circular Microstrip Antenna for Personal Communication Systems. IACSIT Vol.2 No.2 (April 2011).

[5] D. M. Pozar, “ Microstrip antennas”, Proceedings of the IEEE., Vol. 80, No.1, pp. 79-91, (January 1992).

[6] N. C. Karmakar, Handbook of Smart Antena for RFID System. New Jersey : John Wiley and Sons, Inc. (2010)

68 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 76: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

FUZZY LOGIC IMPLEMENTATION FOR DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROL ON AUTOMATIC PATIENT BEDS BASED ON

RADIO CONTROL

Ikhthison Mekongga1,Aryant Aryantii2 1Polytechnic State of Sriwijaya, Computer Engineering, Palembang, Indonesia

2Polytechnic State of Sriwijaya, Electric Engineering, Palembang, Indonesia

Abstract

This study aims to determine the speed of DC motor at (APB) Automatic Patient Beds Based Radio Control by implementing fuzzy logic. The input of the fuzzy system (crisp input) is the patient's weight. Crisp output from the fuzzy logic system is the motor rotation speed with PWM technique. There are three degrees of membership level (MF): light, medium and heavy. By the time the patient is finished undergoing surgery, the patient will be transferred to the patient's bed by using the remote control. The patient's weight will affect the speed of DC motor, the more weight the motor will move faster, while the lighter the patient the motor will move more slowly. Where to input the patient body weight of 80 produces a decision output DC motor speed of 0.851. The patient's bed motor shift will automatically stop when it has reached the sensor limit.The title is not more than 12 words, with Time New Roman, Font size 14, Bold and in the middle Key Words: DC motor, speed control, radio control 1. INTRODUCTION

In general, the patient's new condition is still very weak. For that we need a tool that can help move the patient's body from a special bed operation to bed inpatient or vice versa. This postoperative patient transfer tool is designed to address the problem if the nurses in the operating room are limited in number and the treated patients have no close relatives at the time of need [1].

According to Sri Kusuma Dewi, fuzzy logic is one of the components of Soft Computing. The basis of fuzzy logic is the fuzzy set theory [2]. In the fuzzy set theory, the role of membership degree as a determinant of the existence of elements in a set is very important. The membership value or membership degree or membership function is the main characteristic of reasoning with the fuzzy logic [3].

Many areas have implemented fuzzy logic, such as fuzzy logic for business opportunity prediction of consumer

behavior [4], fuzzy logic as controller and others. The use of fuzzy logic in the control system is not new, there are so many control system applications that use the fuzzy logic theory.

In this research fuzzy logic is implemented for DC motor speed control on APB (Automatic Patient Beds) based on radio control. The input of the fuzzy system (crisp input) is the patient's weight. Crisp output from the fuzzy logic system is the motor rotation speed with PWM technique. The patient's weight will affect the speed of DC motor, the more weight the motor will move faster, while the lighter the patient the motor will move more slowly.

2. METHODOLOGY

Working Tool Principle [1]: The overall work of the system in this study is designed in the form of a model that presents the mechanism of work APB (Automatic Patient Beds) Post-Operations, APB (Automatic Patients Beds) based on this

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 69

Page 77: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Mikrocontroller using AVR ATMEGA8535, Mikrocontroller with input from Infrared Remote sensor which has command buttons in the order a number that gives different reactions to the motion of the servo motor to move the APB (Automatic Patients Beds) position. After the Microcontroller gets the logic input from the remote infrared sensor, the Mikrocontroller will process the logic according to the program instruction and give the output instruction to the relay for active or not. The program instructions provide output for the relay to be activated, it will automatically drive the servo motor that acts as the actuator of the APB (Automatic Patients Beds) actuator. The Limit switch sensor is also used to limit the movement of the APB (Automatic Patients Beds) position and the maximum and minimum values that have been determined.

Fig. 1. Block Diagram [1]

3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION

The overall program flow diagram can be seen in the following figure:

Start

Initialization

Read The load cell Sensor

Instruction accepted

Fuzzy Logic Controler

End Position

Motor Stop

Stop

Initialization of I / O is ir receiver, load cell, motor.

Detection of patient's weight

Detect input from ir remote

If the instruction received microcontroller from ir remote

then fuzzy logic controler will be executed whereas if not detected it will wait for

instruction from ir remote received

Fuzzy Logic Controller Process

Check the limit switch every bed whether active or not, if active then motor agan stop

Y

T

T

T

Y

The motor rotates according to the speed specified in the fuzzy

logic controller process

Motor stopped and instruction completed

Read the sensor Ir

Motor Moves

Y

Fig. 2. Flow Chart

In the flow diagram can be seen that the programming steps include the process of sensor readings, fuzzy logic controller process for navigation and control process move mattress patient post operation. After the sensor reading process, the next process is the implementation of fuzzy logic controller, which includes Fuzzification process (quantization of the Crisp Input sensor and degree of membership), evaluation of rules and Defuzzification. As for programming used C language with Codevision AVR compiler. In a fuzzy logic system, as input crisp (input) is the patient's weight. Crisp output (output) of the fuzzy logic system is the speed of motor rotation by PWM technique. Crisp input sensor variables are designed in three directions point of view. That way there are three label degree of membership (MF) are: mild, moderate and severe.

70 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 78: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Factors affecting the motor speed for rotation are the weight of the patient where the patient's weight value measured by the load cell sensor is categorized as follows: a. The patient weighs less than 51 Kg into the light category b. The patient weighs 51 - 60 Kg goes into the medium category c. Patient Weight more than 61 Kg goes into weight category

To test the output output, given the range between 0 - 100 in the universe of conversation. Light Category Bottom line (a): 0 Upper limit (b): 50 Medium Category Bottom line (a): 40 The middle limit (b): 50 Upper limit (c): 60 Category Weight Bottom line (a): 55 Upper border (b): 100 Below are the curve representations used for the lightweight variable using the down linear curve, the moderator variable using the triangle curve and for the weight variable using the linear curve rises. The degree of membership can be seen in the following figure:

Fig. 3 Degrees of membership (MF) sensor position

input

In output output affecting motor speed for spinning include: a. Motor Speed Slow b. Medium Motor Speed c. Fast Motor Speed

To test the output output produced, given the range between 0 - 11 in the universe of speech Y Slow Bottom line (a): 0 Upper limit (b): 0.4 Y Medium Bottom line (a): 0.1 The middle limit (b): 0.5 Upper limit (c): 0.9 Y Quick Bottom line (a): 0.6 Upper border (b): 1 Below are the curve representations used for the slow variable using the down linear curve, the moderator variable using the triangle curve and for the fast variable using the rising linear curve. The degree of membership can be seen in the following figure:

Fig 4. Degrees of membership (MF) crisp output for

speed PWM motors Using the fuzzy rules, the data from the weight of the patient detected by the detected load cell sensor can be solved by a fuzzy logic program with the Matlab toolbox. The Rules (rules) used in the fuzzy system for controlling the speed of DC motors in APB (Automatic Patient Beds) are as follows: 1. If the patient's weight detected by the light load cell sensor then the motor rotation produced slow 2. If the patient's weight detected by the medium load cell sensor, the motor rotation is generated. 3. If the weight of the patient detected by the heavy load cell sensor then the motor rotation is produced quickly.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 71

Page 79: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

The following Rule (rules) that enter into Matlab with centroid method

Fig 5. Rules and rules

The last step of the fuzzy logic controller is an affirmation (Defuzzyfication). The result of the test with centroid method with the patient's body weight input of 40 produces a DC motor speed decision output of 0.178, the patient's body weight input of 60 produces a DC motor speed decision output of 0.814, the patient's weight input of 80 produces a DC motor decision output of 0.851. Fuzzy reasoning using the centroid method is shown as shown below.

Fig 6. Visualization of Defuzzification results with

patient weight input 40

Fig 7. Visualization of Defuzzification results with

patient weight input 60

Fig 8. Visualization of Defuzzification results with heavy

input of patient 80

4. CONCLUSION Based on the results that have been

obtained on the implementation of Fuzzy Logic for the control of DC Motor Speed on Automatic Patient Beds based on Radio Control, it can be concluded that the factor that is concerned in the reasoning of the fuzzy logic controller is the patient's weight, if the patient's weight is light then the motor speed will be slow , if the patient's weight is moderate then the speed of the motor will be and if the weight of the patient is heavy then the speed of the motor will be fast. Where to input the patient body weight of 80 produces a decision output dc motor speed of 0.851

5. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors would like to express heartfelt thanks to DP2M Jakarta who has funded this research,State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya and UPPM of State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya who have given permission and facilitated this research. 6. REFERENCE [1] I mekongga, Aryanti, M Darlies,

2017. Rancang Bangun Tempat Tidur Pasca Operasi Menggunakan Mikrokontroler 8535 dengan Kendali Jarak Jauh, SOLITER

[2] Kusumadewi S, 2003. Artificial Intelligence (Teknik & Aplikasinya). Yogjakarta: Graha Ilmu.

[3] Kusumadewi S dan H Purnomo, 2004. Aplikasi Logika Fuzzy untuk Pendukung Keputusan. Graha Ilmu, Yogyakarta. A Aryanti, I Mekongga, 2017. The use of Fuzzy Logic to Predict business opportunities by consumer behaviour. ASL.

72 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 80: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

The Implementation OpenBTS Using Universal Software Radio Peripheral(USRP) Based Asterisk System

Hafidudin1, Muhamad Fahru Rizal2, Dadan Nur Ramadhan3

13Diplome of Telecommunication Engineering Applied Science, Faculty, Telcom University Jl. Telekomunikasi No 1 Terusan Buahbatu Bandung 40257

2Diplome of Computer Engineering, Applied Science, Faculty, Telcom Inoversity Jl. Telekomunikasi No 1 Terusan Buahbatu Bandung 40257

[email protected]

Abstract

Open Base Transceiver Station (OpenBTS) is an open source telecommunication application that is capable of replacing the network infrastructure of Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM) commercially. With openBTS, BTS implementation becomes easier and cheaper. Open BTS can solve the problem of mobile telecommunication infrastructure development in remote areas that require high cost. OpenBTS uses Universal Software Radio Peripheral (USRP) as a hardware platform. USRP provides an affordable price compared to commercial BTS technology used by mobile operators. One of the advantages of USRP is designed for accessibility to some open source products. In this study, OpenBTS implemented using USRP (Universal Software Radio Peripheral) hardware and transceiver antenna to transmit GSM radio signals at 900 MHz frequency. All software used in OpenBTS is Linux operating system, the software is GNU Radio to control USRP, OpenBTS to control the operation of base stations, as well as Asterisk phone exchange as a server on VoIP service. For the transmission analysis of the implementation using Software Tems Investigation on OpenBTS.. From the results of the tests conducted for the measurement of OpenBTS parameters it is found that the OpenBTS network can provide the signal in the category "very good" at a distance of 1-12 meters, the category "enough" at 15-18 meters, less good category at a distance of 27-30 meters and bad category at a distance of 40-50 meters. The average SMS delivery time in the openBTS network is 01.53 seconds / SMS and the sound clarity level is very good at a distance of 1-20 meters. Keywords: OpenBTS, GNU Radio, USRP 1. INTRODUCTION

Communication technology is now increasingly evolving and evolving, this development is based on the growing computer. Currently computer applications are increasingly varied with various existing applications. This growing computer capability makes it possible to program a software to create a base station. So, the hardware contained in the base station can be replaced with open source software on the computer. This open source software can be developed by everyone.

OpenBTS or BTS with open source software can be a solution to some of the problems facing the mobile

telecommunication world. This alternative technology is very useful for building telecommunication networks in remote, rural, rural and disaster areas. Because if conventional BTS is built, the probability of tower success in those areas is very small and the cost required is quite large.

With cheap capital investment, OpenBTS allows users to use phone and SMS features for free with voice quality and data transfer as well as telecom operators. OpenBTS can be applied on regular cellular with either active or non-active simcard. However, this has a constraint in terms of licensing considering all

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 73

Page 81: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

GSM frequencies have been booked by the operator.

Regardless of the unfinished regulatory matters, this OpenBTS technology is a good idea to know as a new technology in the world of education that will be able to give value in the interests of telecommunications which increasingly becomes essential for human life.

2. THEORY 2.1. Global System For Mobile

Communication GSM (Global System for Mobile Communication) is a technology used in mobile communications with digital systems and networks are already global. GSM is a 2nd Generation (2G) cellular technology that uses a combination of digital system modulation from FDMA and TDMA. As a technology that can be said to be quite revolutionary because it successfully shifted the technology of popular analog mobile telecommunication system in the decade of the 80s, GSM has provided new communication alernatif for the more powerful telecommunication world. By using a digital signal system in data transmission, making the quality of data and bit rate generated to be better than analog systems. GSM technology is currently more widely used for mobile communications with a variety of services. In everyday life we are more familiar with Mobile (HP) as the most popular GSM technology applications. Since the first implementation of GSM has been developed in three groups, namely GSM 900, 1800 and 1900. The difference between the three groups is

at the location of the frequency band used. GSM 900 uses 900 MHz frequency as its transmission channel. GSM 1800 and 1900 each use the 1800 and 1900 MHz frequencies. A GSM network is built from several functional components that have their own specific function and interface. In general, GSM network can be divided into three main parts, namely: 1. Mobile Station (MS) 2. Base Station Sub-system (BSS) 3. Network Sub-system (NSS) 4. Operation and Support System

(OSS)

Fig.1.GSM Architecture (7)

In each of the main parts of the GSM network is composed of other parts of the integrated to support its main function. While other networks that can integrate with the GSM network is another cellular network (PLMN), landline (PSTN), ISDN, and internet-based network 2.2. OpenBTS OpenBTS is the application of BTS (Base Transceiver Station) which runs on a Linux platform and an open source. OpenBTS use the USRP (Universal Software Radio Peripheral). This is a device that connects OpenBTS with GSM cellular networks. OpenBTS asterisk also use the software that is used to interconnect with other phone

74 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 82: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

networks such as PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network) or other telecommunication operators using VoIP (Voice Over IP). OpenBTS can replace the traditional infrastructure of GSM operators, starting from the Base Transceiver Station (BTS). Normally, traffic is forwarded to MSC, in OpenBTS traffic terminated in the same box, by means forwards the data to Asterisk PBX through SIP and Voice Over IP (VoIP). 2.3. USRP Universal Software Radio Peripheral (USRP), is one of the tools used to build an OpenBTS, in the USRP itself is divided into 2 parts: • Mother Board ( Main Board ) • Daughter Board ( Child Board )

USRP is produced by Ettus Research, the goal of USRP itself is to facilitate the development of cheap radio software. The workings of the USRP is to connect host computers via USB or Gigabit Ethernet high-speed. This connection allows software to control USRP and set up a signal to send and receive data. USRP is a hardware that contains high speed Digital Signal Processing (DSP) based radio software that functions as a transceiver (transmitter and receiver) GSM signal. But not just radio signals, USRP can be set to output AM, FM or TV signals, and all the signals are programmed through the software.

Fig.2. USRP B210 (3)

2.4. Asterisk Asterisk is an open source software that is usually used to build a communication service system or in other words acts as a telephone exchange on a telecommunications network. Asterisk itself provides convenience to users to develop their own phone service with a variety of applications provided to the user. From the definition of open source itself means that every developer can view and change the existing source code, so that existing applications can be added easily by each developer. Asterisk can also be said as a complete PBX in the form of software, by providing all the features like PBX. Excess Asterisk is able to run on many OS platforms, including Linux, Windows, BSD, Mac, and others. Asterisk can also connect with almost all telephony-based standards, using less expensive hardware as its gateway. 2.5. GNU Radio GNU Radio is a free software and open source which provides signal processing blocks for implementing software-defined radio. This software can be run using a radio frequency hardware, which is used as a transceiver. GNU Radio applications are mostly written using the Python programming language, while the signal processing is implemented in the C ++ programming language using floating-point processor extensions [4,5]

3. METHODOLOGY Physical topology of the system to be constructed as shown in Pic. 3. In general, the design of OpenBTS

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 75

Page 83: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

network system consists of several parts, including: 1. Server

The server is used as a data center or all of the information passed on the OpenBTS network in the form of a laptop. There are several supporting software to help server performance. The software used such as::

a. Linux Ubuntu 14.04 LTS: b. OpenBTS: Open source

software used for mobile networks and as BTS controllers

c. UHD (USRP hardware Driver) as a controller in running USRP.

d. Asterisk: open source for building communications applications as communication server..

2. Universal Software Radio Peripheral (USRP)

USRP is hardware that replaces Base Transceiver Station (BTS) as a link between mobile phone users with the server and also functions as a receiver and sender of telephone network signal. 3. Handphone and SIM Card Client will request service by using mobile phone through GSM network which generated from radio signal USRP, if cell phone can detect GSM network hence can be connected to that signal manually. Then if successful the server will send no IMSI as a sign that the mobile phone has successfully connect in OpenBTS GSM network but if otherwise return again to request connection to GSM OpenBTS network. Next, register the IMSI that the Client has received to the openBTS server and then the data will be saved on the server, if

successful then the Client will get the phone number to be used for communication with others.

4. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION 4.1 SYSTEM INSTALATION In order for the OpenBTS system to run properly, it is necessary to install the supporting software. The stages are Ubuntu Desktop 14.04 Installation, Cloning Phyton Bombs, UHD Installation, Git Installation, OpenBTS Installation, and Asterisk installation.

4.2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION To function OpenBTS as a base station in general, database installation should be done in the OpenBTS directory. If so, do the OpenBTS configuration. In this configuration can be done by running OpenBTS or OpenBTSCLI because all configurations can only be when OpenBTS has been run. In OpenBTS, which will be configured is GSM. This GSM configuration is done to manage the settings related to GSM usage, such as Radio Band, MCC, MNC and Shortname (GSM Network Name).

4.3 TESTING OF SHORT MESSAGE

DELIVERY (SMS) 2221122 Number 1112211 sends a short message to the number 2221122

Fig. 4 Send-Receive SMS Test

76 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 84: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

4.4 Testing Voice Communication Between Mobile

When already get IMSI and register the number into Asterisk database. Next will be done telephone testing or voice communication between mobile phones. Testing voice communications from number 1234567 to 1234568.

Fig. 5 Display Voice Communication Test 1

Testing voice communications from number 1234568 to 1234567

Fig. 6 Display Voice Communication Test 2

4.5 Testing of Signal Quality At this stage of the test is to try out the signal strength performance of the OpenBTS network that is adjusted to the range of the network. The parameter is to see the number of signal rods that are on handphone when used. Testing signal quality using the Android OpenSignal app. Open signal is one of the android applications used to determine the number of signal quality (dBm)

received by mobile phones connected to a network. From the results of checking on the application is known dBm size is -51 dBm at a distance of approximately 1 meter from BTS Server to Mobile.

Fig. 7 Signal Quality Testing

Table 1 Signal Quality

Call No. Distance

Signal Quality (dBm)

Category

1 1 Meter -51 Very Good

2 3 Meter -51 Very Good

3 6 Meter -51 Very Good

4 9 Meter -53 Very Good

5 12 Meter -55 Very Good

6 15 Meter -56 Good 7 18 Meter -59 Good 8 21 Meter -60 Fair 9 24 Meter -64 Fair 10 27 Meter -66 Poor 11 30 Meter -67 Poor 12 40 Meter -70 Bad 13 50 Meter -73 Bad

4.6 Testing of SMS Delay In testing the quality of SMS delay is done by doing 20 SMS sending within a distance of 2-3 meters between mobile phone to know the amount of time delay (s) generated at the time of receipt of short message. In Table 2 is the test result that has been done in sending SMS.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 77

Page 85: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Table 2. SMS Delay Testing No. Time in Second

1 1.8 2 1.3 3 1.3 4 2.1 5 1.4 6 1.6 7 1.6 8 2.3 9 2.3 10 2.1 11 1.5 12 1.3 13 1.3 14 1.1 15 1.1 16 1.5 17 1.8 18 1.8 19 1.1 20 1.5 ∑ 31.8

The total time generated on the test of sending 20 SMS between mobile phones with a distance of 2-3 meters is 31.8 seconds, so that the average value of SMS delivery in this openBTS network is 01.59 seconds / SMS.

5. CONCLUSION From the results of the tests conducted for the measurement of OpenBTS parameters it is found that the OpenBTS network can provide the signal in the category "very good" at a distance of 1-12 meters, the category "enough" at 15-18 meters, less good category at a distance of 27-30 meters and bad category at a distance of 40-50 meters. The average SMS delivery time in the openBTS network is 01.53 seconds / SMS and the sound clarity level is very good at a distance of 1-20 meters. 6. REFERENCES

[1] http://gnuradio.org/redmine/projects/gnuradio/wiki, (accessed on Pebruary 17, 2015)

[2] ]http://opensource.telkomspeedy.com/wiki/index.php/GNURadio:_Spectrum_Analizer_GSM, (accessed on 5 Juni 2017).

[3] http://www.ettus.com/product/details/UB210-KIT, (accessed on Pebruary 17, 2017)

[4] Mcnamara, Myles. (2014). “ How to install GNU Radio, FFTW, RTL SDR, GrOsmoSDR, and more using PyBombs with dependencies, by rpm/deb or build from source “. From https://smyl.es/how-to-install-gnu-radio-fftw-rtl-sdr-grosmosdr-and- more-using-pybombs-with-dependencies-by-rpmdeb-or-build-from-source/, (diakses tanggal 7 Mei 2017).

[5] Prabaswara, Aditya (2011) Fun with GNU Radio. Available from URL: http://aprabaswara.wordpress.com/2011/06/05/fun-with-gnu-radio/ (accessed : 27 March 2017)

[6] Purbo, Onno W.(2011) Bongkar Rahasia OpenBTS untuk Jaringan Operator Seluler, Yogyakarta. Penerbit Andi.

[7] Samra, Harvind S., Burgess, David A. “The Open BTS Project”. Kestrel Signal Processing, Inc. California. 2008. Available from URL: http://cs.ru.ac.za/research/g09b0279/UsefulPapers/OpenBTSProject.pdf (Akses pada: 28 Oktober 2016)

[8] Triwanto, Agus. (2011). OpenBTS : USRP ( Universal Software Radio Peripheral ) [online] Available at: http://www.makeitfossible.web.id/2011/05/02/openbts-usrp-universal-software-radio-

78 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 86: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

peripheral, (accessed on Pebruary 16 , 2016)

[9] Umar, Muhamad. “Implementasi Aplikasi Net Monitor untuk Pengukuran Parameter Teknis BTS GSM sebagai Dasar Perhitungan Biaya Hak Penggunaan (BHP) Frekuensi”. Universitas

Indonesia. 2009. Available from URL: http://lontar.ui.ac.id/file?file=digital/20249185-R230945.pdf (Akses pada: 28 Oktober 2016)

Fig.. 3 OpenBTS Topology

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 79

Page 87: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

80 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 88: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Making of Calibrated Digital Printer Machine for Carton Material Heribertus Rudi K, Anggi Anggarini

Teknik Grafika dan Penerbitan, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta [email protected]

Abstract

Abstract.

Digital printing machines generally use rotary printing system to print paper which has small number and this condition will damage the duplex structure. Thickness of duplex is used to form packaging into 3 dimensional packaging, therefore system flat movement printing is very effective to print duplex material. Different paper gramatures of each paper will make it more difficult to adjust the accuracy of the position of the nozzle affecting the resulting colour. Very precise colours are required for the identity the quality of packaging. The changes that will take place in the print and post-printing process should be anticipated by knowing ΔE which is the accumulation of changes ΔL, Δa, and Δb. This research takes the title "Making of Calibrated Digital Print Machine for Carton Material". This research is focused on engineering printing machines that are capable of printing with horizontal/flat paper movements that have precision calibrated colour in accordance with ISO 15311 which is the basis for digital printing machines standardization. First of all modification printer mechanism from bottom roller up paper into flat roller paper must be done by modify of paper sensor, back paper sensor, and roller ruber . Special software for colour engineering is used to modify and improve the colour position from the original printing machine into a printing press that has ΔE <5. The colour change is done by changing the value of Hue +5, Saturation +10, and Lightness +20. This process yields the previous ΔE more than 15 to 7.6 and this value is the most effective value because the condition cyan and magenta colours are opposite which are cyan requires large colour changes but magenta requires small colour changes. Keyword: Digital Printer, ISO 15311, adobe Photoshop, colour gamut, digital reproduction, colorimetric 1. INTRODUCTION

Research to change the paper in sheet structure with flatted in sheet from bottom in sheet process by using a common printing machine to produce colour that resembles calibrated colour has never been made previously. This research takes the title "Making Digital Print Machine for Calibrated Carton Material". This research is focused on engineering printing machines that can print with horizontal paper movements that have precision calibrated colour in accordance with ISO 15311 and 12647 which are the basis for digital printing and printing products. In addition to the formation of physical printing machines required a system that can calibrate the print colour. The use of special software for

colour engineering is expected to read and improve the colour position of the original printing machine into a printing press that has ΔE <5. This process is done by reading the dominant direction of the colours that each component will produce both Hue, Saturation, and Lightness with the resulting colours so that it will produce a special graph of each change. The graph is used to create a mathematical equation that will be used as reference for changes in Hue, Saturation, and Lightness. This 3-dimensional mathematical equation to form a colour gamut or wide field of colour for this printing press. 2. METHODOLOGY This reaserch will be managed some variables that will be obtained that is the most important is the ink specification and paper specifications

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 81

Page 89: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

for the ink adapted to its print head and for paper adjusted to ISO paper type 4. For fixed variable will be standard unit ISO for CMYK colour for digital printer.

Implementation of Stages are Print head comparison of printing machine(The test is done with 3 pieces of print head that are the same size to get the best printing speed for carton material.), Testing of in sheet carton process (This test is performed to get the carton in sheet movement in accordance with the print speed of the first test results so that no colour trapping or colour space is found), Assembly of construction of printing machine (The assembly will determine the dimensions of the customized printing machine between the distance of print material and the Print head), Making Fogra Colour Chart (Making colour chart refer to ISO 15311 is by using Colour Chart Fogra V.3), CIELAB colour test (Colour testing with CIELAB by measuring the different values of L, a, and b for each colour allocation to obtain three-dimensional colour mapping for the assembled digital printing machine), CIE Graph Analysis Lab (The analysis is done by forming a 3-dimensional graph with XYZ which contains the value of Lab.

However, in appearance it can be shown with a 2-dimensional graph by breaking the graph between a and b as the representative of the colour circle and L and a to represent the colour lightness. So produced a simple picture of colour gamut), and Colour adjustment according to ISO 15311 and 12647 (The colour adjustment of the colour trends results in stage 9 will be used on the assembled and printed digital printing presses by changing it according to the HSL rules that the LAB delta values have

been obtained so that each image to be printed will be changed to the calibration colour according to the colour change for digital printing machine so that obtained calibrated prints).

3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION The first thing to do is to modify the printer into a flatted printer by changing the mechanism and its sensors to adjust the carton as print media. Printer should uses DYE ink as primary ink to produce 4 process colour.

3.1 TESTING PRINTED COLOUR Graphical analysis is done by drawing a picture for Hue 0, Hue + 5, and Hue -5 as follows: 1. Hue 0 The resulting colour circle for Hue 0 is for the coordinates a is between -68 to 64 while for b is between -53 to 81. The colour tendency will form the largest colour area in a + and b + this shows the colour for this printer is yellowish with red dominant.

For the lightness generated for this printer is the L with a value of 15 to 93 and a value of -68 to 64. This shows the resulting colour uniform with high and low Tone produced as much variation from the gradation of the colour.

2. Modification Hue +5 The resulting colour circle for Hue + 5 is for the coordinates a is between -56 to 63 while for b is between -50 to 78. The colour tendency will form the largest colour area in a + and b + this shows the colour for this printer is yellowish with red is dominant but there is a reduction of the values for the colours for the coordinates a and b so that the gamut is smaller.

For the lightness generated for this printer is L with a value of 15 to 93

82 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 90: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

and a value of -68 to 64. This shows the resulting uniform colour with high and low Tone produced as much variation from the gradation side of the colour to dark colour variations of the colour will reduced compared to Hue 0.

3. Modification Hue -5 The resulting colour loop for Hue -5 is for the coordinates a is between -60 to 63 while for b is between -57 to 78. The colour tendency will form the largest colour area in a + and b + this shows the colour for this printer is yellowish with red is dominant but there is a reduction of the values for the colours for the coordinates a and b so that the gamut is smaller and hue -5 is the smallest of the three colour variations.

For the lightness generated for this printer is the L with a value of 21 to 95 and a value of -60 to 63. This shows the resulting colour is evenly distributed with high and low Tone produced as much variation of the gradation colour but there is a reduction in value for dark colour variations are the smallest and the smallest value

3.2 ADJUSTING PRINTED COLOUR For magenta and yellow colour have the same tendency with cyan colour for each change in degrees L, degrees a, and degrees b. This indicates a consistent change of any degree change in the Hue value in ADOBE devices which also indicates the occurrence of regular mappings with colours mapped that are represented by the colour of the print reference. The result of digital colour printer is calibrated print output which can be measured and modified to minimize the colour deviation . Special software for colour engineering is used to

modify and improve the colour position from the original printing machine into a printing press that should has ΔE <5. The colour changing is done by modifying the value of Hue +5, Saturation +10, and Lightness +20. This process yields the previous ΔE which is more than 15 into 7.6 number and this value is the most effective value because the cyan and magenta colours condition which are opposite each other when are cyan requires large colour changes but magenta requires small colour changes.

4. CONCLUSION The process of packaging production, carton transportation must require has no damage in the cardboard fibres and it can be done by Flatted Printing System In sheet process was done by changing the carton inserting proses from the back of the printer. Meanwhile the process of replacing ink by using safe Dye inks was completely well run to print paper and board with Coated surfaces.

The process of colour reference took from Hue 0 printing method in Coated material (duplex) and used Colour Chart Fogra V.3 as proof can be validated because because 74 colour variation can represent colour of 3D position colour gamut .

Adjusted colour is done by the value of Hue +5, Saturation +10, and Lightness +20 changing process. This process yields the previous ΔE more than 15 to 7.6 and this value is the most effective value because the condition cyan and magenta colours are opposite which are cyan requires large colour changes but magenta requires small colour changes.Part 5 consists of the conclusion and suggestions if any.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 83

Page 91: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

5. REFERENCES [1] Bakke, A.M., Hardeberg, J.Y. and

Farup, I. (2006), Evaluation of gamut boundary descriptors, Proceedings of IS&T and SID’s 14th Colour Imaging Conference: Colour Science and Engineering: Systems, Technologies, Applications, Scottsdale, Arizona, 2006. pp 50-55

[2] Balasubramanian, R., deQueiroz, R., Eschbach, R. And Wu , W. (2001), Gamut mapping to preserve spatial luminance variations. Journal of Imaging Science and Technology, vol. 45, NO. 5, pp. 436–443, September/October 2001.

[3] Balasubramanian, R. and Dalal, E. (1997), A method of quantifying the colour gamut of an output device. Colour Imaging: Device-Independent Colour, Colour Hard copy, and Graphic Arts II, volume 3018 of Proceedings SPIE, San Jose, CA, pp.110-116.

[4] Bonnier, N. Schmitt, F., Brettel, H. and Berche, S. (2006), Evaluation of Spatial Gamut Mapping Algorithms, Proceedings of IS&T and SID’s 14th Colour Imaging Conference : Colour Science and Engineering: Systems, Technologies, Applications, Scottsdale, Arizona, 2006. Pp 56-61

[5] Cui, C. (2000), Comparison of two psychophysical methods for image colour quality measurement: paired comparison and rank order, Proceedings of IS&T/SID 8th Colour Imaging Conference pp 222-227

[6] J. Morovic and R. Luo, “The fundamentals of gamut mapping: A survey,” The Journal of Imaging Science and Technology, no.3 ISBN / ISSN: 1062-370, vol. 45, pp. 283–290, 2001.

[7] J. J. McCann, “Colour gamut mapping using spatial comparisons,” in Proc. SPIE, Colour Imaging, VI, vol. 4300, pp. 126–130, 2001.

Fig 1. Flat Printer Mechanisme and Fogra V3

Fig 2. Coordinat CIE L, a dan b in Hue 0 Printed Colour

84 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 92: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Fig 3. Coordinat CIE L, a dan b in Hue +5 Printed Colour

Fig 4. Coordinat CIE L, a dan b in Hue -5 Printed Colour

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 85

Page 93: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

86 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 94: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Modelling and Simulation CFD Analysis in Runner for Axial Turbine Type Micro Hydro Power Plant with Low Head

Gun Gun Ramdlan Gunadi, Candra Damis Widiawaty, Fachruddin, Jusafwar,

Adi Syuriadi, Jauhari Ali Mechanical Engineering Department, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, Depok, Jawa Barat,

Indonesia (16425) [email protected]

Abstract

Provision of food, energy, and information with adequate and sustainable to ensure the welfare of the people life. In 2011, 6 percent of national electricity production supplied by hydropower and 5 percent from geothermal energy. PLN plans to increase the use of geothermal energy to 13 percent and hydropower are still 6 percent of the national electricity production. Most of the energy availability fulfilled independently by people with a lot of built Micro Hydro Power Plant (MHPP) waterwheel type, small enough electricity capacity of about 100 watts.Though the area has considerable potential for abundant hydro energy. In addition to the small capacity also a simple construction and installation, very easily damaged by natural disturbances. Development of MHPP axialturbine type with low head have governing valve system can improve efficiency, and protection of natural disturbance.Development carried out by the beginning of numerical simulation, modeling, geometry repair, and installation of MHPP can improve the efficiency and reliability of the system. With CFD modeling, for the discharge of 0.035 m / s with the angle of attack impellers must be <15o. Keywords: MHPP, axial turbine, low head, numerical simulation 1. INTRODUCTION Provision of food, energy supply, and provision of information technology are the pillars of society. Availability of supply thereof with sufficient and sustainable to ensure the welfare of society.Impairment of non-renewable energy sources and the expensive development of renewable energy technologies to encourage an increase in search of new energy sources and the development of technology, in order to improve the efficiency of energy use. In 2011, almost11 percent of the national electricity production generated by PLN comes from renewable energy, 6 percent comes from hydropower (hydro) and 5 percent comes from geothermal energy (geothermal). PLN planned by the end of this decade will increase the use of geothermal energy to 13 percent and hydropower are still 6 percent. Thus the total renewable energy to be developed until the end

of the decade 19 percent of the national electricity production [1].

The increased use of energy cannot be avoided. Based on the data of the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources of the national electricity production has increased in 2007, reaching 140,000 GWH, in line with increasing national electricity consumption reached approximately 120,000 GWH in 2007.

During the first half of 2010, the Java-Bali electricity consumption grew by 10.5%. Realization of power production in the first half-2010 reach 83.3 Terra Watt hour (TWH) [2].

Micro hydro power plant (MHP) independently built in society. As in the District of Pamijahan Bogor Regency, West Java, built the MHP with a simple water wheel drive small enough electrical capacity of about 100 watts, just enough for home

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 87

Page 95: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

lighting. Though the area has the potential of hydro energy are quite abundant. In addition to the capacity of small also the construction and installation, very easily damaged by natural disturbances.

Results of previous research, in the development of MHPP in WangunDua Village, KarangTengah Village, Babakan_MadangSubdistrict, Bogor regency, by building MHPP the type of turbine plump with large capacity, leaving few obstacles, among them: because it is developed in the industry turbine maker, makes it difficult for communities to develop independently. Suppose when people need care due to technical disruptions, it becomes very depending on the industry.

Development of MHP WaterwheelType had been done, with improved efficiency and increased protection system. But still have weaknesses in controlling the flow of water, as a source of energy driving the waterwheel. When the burden of electricity decreased water flow remains at maximum conditions. These conditions could result in generator the excess energy input, which could lead to over speed to lower the age or damage the generator. Otherwise when the load goes up, water supply can cause generator the overload to cause a generator caught fire[3].

Development of MHP Waterwheel Type installation is done by adding control channel at Head tank (Tranquilizer), can maintain the stability of the water elevation and avoid overflow on a waterwheel when rainfall is high. Framework of the waterwheel and the generator is made of concrete with a bearing wood, as a cantilever axis waterwheel can keep

and suppress vibration. The addition of electrical protection system with the addition of lightning rod and Automatic Circuit Breaker protects the generator from overload currents due to lightning and overloaded electrical Usage.Power load reaches 1000 watts with a less stable voltage. Stable voltage on the imposition of 146-283,5 watts. Above 283,5 watts, voltage drops below 220 volts. Efisiensi increases, along with the increase in power generation[4].

An experimental study by extending the contact between the flow of water and waterwheel and decreasing the momentum due to decrease flow rate. This experiment shows that each of 1/5 maximum extention of pensctock with open channels enhances the average power of 0.7%[5].

The development has been done has some disadvantages; MHP Turbines Plump types require head is still high, an obstacle irrigation community for irrigation and agriculture, while the MHP WaterwheelType has a low efficiency.

Based on these considerations it is necessary to study the MHP Installation Low Head Type Axial Turbines are more efficient, have a protection system and have the system control the floodgates.

Geometric engineering at the blade tip can reduce 40% total losis due to gap between the tip (internal_gap and endwall_mixing). That radiusing and contouring the blade at gap inlet eliminated the separation bubble [6].

Since hydro turbines are designed individually according to the local situation, this requires a huge engineering effort. To reduce this effort, the CFD tool, for optimization required. From the used algorithms,

88 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 96: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

the one based on approximated gradients seems to be the fastest [7].

Turbulence measurement and analysis in a multistage axial flow turbine.Assuming incompresible flow, the effective turbulence level and Reynolds stress are retrieved by evaluating the stochastic velocity component out of the measured time-resolved pressure and flow angle fluctuations along the the streamwise, radial, and circumferential direction. A comparison between turbulence intensity and measured shows that flow structures whith higher turbulence level are identified in the region of loss core at the exit of the second stator passage[8].

As a pre analysis, numerical simulation at airfoil morecheap and efficient compared to experiment, because flowfield and geometrical conditions can be managed easily to get the results. Elliptic grid generation transform the physical domain to computational domain. Flowfield equations transformed to computational domain too. Vortex methods with line Gauss-Siedel and ADI iteration used to get flowfiled equations. Airfoil assumed infinite to breaks problem from three dimensional to two-dimensional flow. This numerical simulation research verify by experiments result to get accuration, so it can get as a pre analyze in research. The vortex method examines flowfield of the NACA four-digit airfoil, adding the flap variations. Results from this study suggest that at low Re this simulations have good accuration. Lift coefficient of plain-flap bigger 20.4% compared to without flap or with flaperon, followed by increase of lift coefficient along increasing angle of attack till 13,4% at angle of attack 18o. Flaperon have facility of control

because angle of flap do not influence characteristic of wing [9].

Darrieus-type turbine has been proposed for hydropower utilization of extra-low head less than 2 m.Experimental results are shown with considering flow behaviors in the runner section [10].

Matrix of the most cost-effective penstock solutions that systematically cover the 0.2–20kW, and in the larger project it matches them to a modular set of turbines. It shows how to find the relative cost-effectiveness of alternative penstocks, and concludes with examples illustrating the results[11].

The design of two different specific speed microhydro turbines operating at heads between 6 and 12 m, at small scale and up to heads of 50m at larger scales. Test machines are described and test results given; hydraulic efficiencies of over 70% have been achieved in all test models despite the fact that the turbine blades are made from flat plate, specifically to simplify manufacture.These turbines are the mixed- and radial-flow members of a family of turbines developed to cover the microhydro range from 2 to about 50m of head, which is below the range where Pelton wheels are applicable [12].

Geometrical optimization steps carried out on a propeller runner,whose blades have been designed using the free vortex theory, and operating with a gross head from 1.5 to 2m and discharge of approximately 75 l/s.3 stages of geometrical modifications carried out on the runner with an objective of optimizing the runner performance. These modifications comprised of changes to the tip angles (both at the

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 89

Page 97: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

runner inlet and exit) as well as the hub angles (at the runner inlet) of the runner blades. It was found that the performance of the runner was very sensitive to changes to exit tip angle. At twolevels of modification, the discharge increased in the range of 15–30%, while shaft power increased in the range of 12–45%, thus influencing the efficiency characteristics. The results of the runner inlet tip modification were very interesting in that a very significant rise of turbine efficiency was recorded from 55% to 74% at the best efficiency point, which was caused by a reduced discharge consumption as well as a higher power generation. It was also found that the optimization study on a propeller runner has reasonably validated the estimates of the free vortex theory despite small deviations. The final runner configuration demonstrated a maximum efficiency of 74% (±1.8%), which is very encouraging from the perspectives of micro hydro application[13].

For two existing single tangential inlet volutes, time-averaged radial and tangential velocity and static pressure measurements of exitflowhave been obtainedon a cylindrical cut plane through the radial-inflow section using a three-port yawmeter in air. The Reynolds numbers based on inlet pipe mean conditions, around 105, are well into the fully-turbulent regime and on the order of comparable water turbines. [14].

Eulerians ulerian (two-fluid) simulation of gas-particle flows and coal combustion are widely used because of its convenience in simulating large-size facilities. The key point is that it needs more complex closure models, compared to

those in Eulerian gas- Lagrangian DEM modeling of particles. The first one is the particle turbulence model. To overcome the shortcomings of the Hinze-Tchen’s “particle-tracking-fluid” model. Furthermore, for simulating reacting gas-particle flows and coal combustion, a full two-fluid model and a combined two-fluid-trajectory model, accounting for both particle turbulent diffusion and particle history effect due to moisture evaporation, devolatilization and char oxidation were proposed.[15].

Regulation of the discharge entering in the turbine is a key issue, which is faced adopting a shaped semicircular segment, moved inside the main case around the rotating impeller. The maximum efficiency of the turbine is attained by setting the velocity of the particles entering the impeller at about twice the velocity of the rotating system at the impeller inlet. If energy losses along the pipe are negligible, closing and opening the inlet surface with the semicircular segment allows always a constant hydraulic head and a constant velocity at the impeller inlet, even with different flow rate entering values. Observed reduction of the turbine efficiency along with the inlet surface reduction is first investigated; a design methodology, using also CFD simulations, is then proposed. [16].

An important component of the management cost of aqueducts is given by the energy costs. Part of these costs can be recovered by transfonning some of the many existing energy dissipations in electric energy by means of economic turbines. In this study an experimental work has been carried out: 1) to lest the perfonnanee of an economic Cross-Flow turbine which maintains high efficiency within a large range of

90 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 98: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

water discharges. and 2) to validate a new approximated formula relating main inlate velocity to inlet pressure. It is proved that the proposed formula, according to some simplifying assumption, exactly links inlet velocity to inlet pressure according to any possible geometry of the Cross-Flow turbine. [17].

The study was conducted to improve of applied technology MHP installation Type Axial Turbine, became MHP Type Axial Turbine Low Head more efficient, have a protection system and have the system control the floodgates.Introduction should clearly describe the identification of the problems, objectives and the contribution of the research.

Above margin 3.2cm, left margin 3.7cm, right margin 3cm, below margin 2 cm and gutter 0. One-column pages, Potrait, with A4 paper, not more than 18 pages.

2. METHODOLOGY 2.1. PROBLEM IDENTIFICATION Electricity networks that haven't been linked in PLN: some areas of the community, encourage developing MHP independently of waterwheel is simple, with DC generator without using protection. In addition to a very small capacity about 100 Watts, as well as the construction and installation of a simple, very easily damaged due to natural disturbances such as: order waterwheel is damaged, or the generator on fire, as well as maintenance that requires high surveillance, and more. The Generator caught fire because of excess resources, caused a sudden water overpressure due to high rainfall, due to lightning strikes, because

overloaded, or the energy source, is declining. Technically, the condition occurs because, no mechanical protection system, capable of regulating energy flow, so that the amount is in the range of allowable, and electrical protection from overload or sudden loads(BC Hydro, 2004). MHP development of turbine plump type and waterwheel type with the addition of electrical and mechanical protection systems (GoverningValve) still has some weakness; MHP of turbines Plump types require high head,adisturbance for irrigation and agriculture, while the MHP Watermill Type has a low efficiency. Based on the technical problems of construction, protection systems, increasing the efficiency of energy conversion and control system of floodgates, development of MHP low head axial turbine type, model testing MHP and MHP development in Sub Pamijahan Bogor Regency is necessary. 2.2. MHP DEVELOPMENT DevelopmentMHP axial turbine type low head,efficiency and reliability are increased, the stages will be carried out as follows:

Figure 1.Flow Diagram of MHP Development

Process The value of efficiency and reliability that is obtained by analysis geometi

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 91

Page 99: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

and installation of MHP which is mounted in the community. Development with redesign (Numerical Simulation), geometry repair, installation electric and mechanical protection systems (Hydraulic Governing Valve) MHP can improve the efficiency and reliability of the system. Development and testing of models can ensure optimum efficiency and reliability can be achieved by improving the weaknesses that are not observed in the initial design. MHP development in the community can improve weaknesses were not observed in a model of MHP, because the field is more complex variables. All activities are carried out between the community and the research team, can improve capabilities for MHP development independently. 3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION The first activity that has been done on the development of MHP low head axial turbine type, efficiency and reliability are increased as in the planning, is as follows : - Review articles Results of review articles, test variable used is the angle turbine impeller, the fluid flow rate (discharge), and head. - CFD Modeling Applications that use of open source CFD ccitonline.com.

The simulation results show the angle of attack impeller 15owith flow 0.035 m3/s, the separation has occurred that would cause a decrease in lift force on the impeller. That conditions should be avoided. Development is done on debit 0.035 m3/s should be at an angle of attack impeller <15o.

4. CONCLUSION Results of review articles, test variable used is the angle turbine impeller, the fluid flow rate (discharge), and head.

The simulation results show the angle of attack 15o with flow impeller 0.035 m3/s, the separation has occurred that would cause a decrease in lift force on the impeller . Development is done on debit 0.035 m3/s should be at an angle of attack impeller <15o.

5. REFERENCES [1] Alkindo. (2012). PLN

Tingkatkan Produksi Listrik Dari Energi Terbarukan. Available: http://www.alkindo.org

[2] Kontan. (2012). Sepanjang 2010, konsumsi listrik nasional meningkat. Available: http://www.kontan.co.id

[3] G. G. R. Gunadi, A. Syuriadi, Fachruddin, and S. Prasetya, "Pengembangan Pembangkit Listrik Tenaga Mikro Hidro Type Kincir Air," in Seminar Nasional Hasil Penelitian dan Pengabdian Kepada Masyarakat (SNP2M) 2011, 2011, pp. 59-64.

[4] G. G. R. Gunadi, Jusafwar, A. Syuriadi, and D. M. Kamal, "Development of Hydraulic Governing Valve For Micro Hydro Power Plant Type Waterwheel," in Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2013, 2013, pp. 233-240.

[5] G. G. R. Gunadi, Jusafwar, A. Syuriadi, Fachruddin, D. M. Kamal, A. Sukandi, et al., "Developing a Penstock for Micro Hydro Power Plant of Waterwheel Type," in Annual

92 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 100: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2014, 2014, pp. 137-144.

[6] J. P. Bindon and G. Morphis, "The Development of Axial Turbine Leakage Loss for Two Profiled Tip Geometries Using Linear Cascade Data," Journal of Turbomachinery, vol. 114, pp. 198-203, 1992.

[7] R. Eisinger and A. Ruprecht, "Automatic Shape Optimization of Hydro Turbine Components Based on CFD," Task Quarterly, vol. 6, pp. 101-111, 2002.

[8] L. Porreca, "Turbulence Measurements and Analysis in a Multistage Axial Turbine," Journal of Propulsion and Power, vol. 23, pp. 227-234, 2007.

[9] G. G. R. Gunadi, "Simulasi Aliran Lewat Aerofoil Dengan “ Slotted Flap ” Menggunakan Metode Vorteks," Politeknologi, vol. 9, pp. 35-44, 2010.

[10] K. Shimokawa, A. Furukawa, K. Okuma, D. Matsushita, and S. Watanabe, "Side-wall effect of runner casing on performance of Darrieus-type hydro turbine with inlet nozzle for extra-low head utilization," 2010.

[11] K. V. Alexander and E. P. Giddens, "Optimum penstocks for low head microhydro schemes," vol. 33, pp. 507-519, 2008.

[12] K. V. Alexander, E. P. Giddens, and A. M. Fuller,

"Radial- and mixed-flow turbines for low head microhydro systems," Renewable Energy, vol. 34, pp. 1885-1894, 2009.

[13] P. Singh and F. Nestmann, "Experimental optimization of a free vortex propeller runner for micro hydro application," Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science, vol. 33, pp. 991-1002, 2009.

[14] A. M. Fuller and K. V. Alexander, "Exit-flow velocity survey of two single-tangential-inlet vaneless turbine volutes," Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science, vol. 35, pp. 48-59, 2011.

[15] L. Zhou, "Two-Phase Turbulence Models in Eulerian-Eulerian Simulation of Gas-Particle Flows and Coal Combustion," Procedia Engineering, vol. 102, pp. 1677-1696, 2015.

[16] M. Sinagra, V. Sammartano, C. Aricò, A. Collura, and T. Tucciarelli, "Cross-flow Turbine Design for Variable Operating Conditions," Procedia Engineering, vol. 70, pp. 1539-1548, 2014.

[17] V. Sammartano, G. Morreale, M. Sinagra, A. Collura, and T. Tucciarelli, "Experimental Study of Cross-Flow Micro-Turbines for Aqueduct Energy Recovery," Procedia Engineering, vol. 89, pp. 540-547, 2014.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 93

Page 101: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Angle of attack impeller 0o Angle of attack impeller 5o

Angle of attack impeller 10o Angle of attack impeller 15o

Angle of attack impeller 20o

Figure 2.CFD simulation angle of attack impeller 0o, 5o, 10o, 15o, 20o

94 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 102: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

The Effect of Electrode Distance Changes on Electrical Current And Turbidity on Wastewater Treatment

by Electrocoagulation and Adsorption

Sutanto1, , Hidjan2 , and Nanang Rohadi3 1,3Department of Electrical Engineering, State Polytechnic of Jakarta

3Department of Civil Engineering, State Polytechnic of Jakarta [email protected]

Abstract

The levels of organic and inorganic pollutants in wastewater prior to disposal of the environment should be kept at a safe threshold. If the turbidity is more than 25 NTU, then the wastewater must be treated until it reaches the recommended standard. One of the process conducted in this research is the application of electroagulation and adsorption method. Research was carried out by flowing 4.5 liters of wastewater into a process bath which already contained 200 g active zeolite and has installed two aluminum electrodes with a distance of 1 cm. The electrocoagulation process is run at 12 volts DC and observation time for 10 minutes. Further research is done by changing the distance between electrode 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 and 15 cm, while the voltage is maintained 12 volts with a processing time of 10 minutes. The results showed that the shorter the distance between the electrodes there was an increase of electric current and decreased turbidity of water. At the most optimum electrode distance of 3 cm, the electric current is 0.5 ampere and there is a decrease in turbidity of water from 38.6 NTU to 23.1NTU or equal to 40.16%. Key Words: Electrode Distance, Turbidity ,Wastewater Treatment, Electrocoagulation 1. INTRODUCTION Wastewater prior to discharge to the environment should have controlled the heavy metal content and organic material in it so as not to cause pollution and environmental damage. For human water is widely used as a means for transportation, irrigation, drinking water and others. For drinking water there are some conditions to be met: clear, colorless, odorless, tasteless, does not contain heavy metals (tin, copper, etc.) and should not contain harmful germs.

Based on the regulation of the minister of health mentioned that the requirements of clean water must contain a maximum of 1 mg/L for iron (Fe), 0.5 mg/L for manganese (Mn), 500 mg/L for hardness (CaCO3), 0.05 mg/L for arsenic (As), 200 mg/L for sodium (Na),0.5 mg/L for lead (Pb), 25 NTU for turbidity and dan 10 mg/L for oil and fat.

To ensure water safety before disposal into the environment, the water has been processed. So it can approach the standards required by the Health Minister. If water turbidity is found to the maximum extent, then the turbidity of water should be lowered to meet the standard permitted by the health department of Indonesia. It is intended to anticipate the occurrence of water biota poisoning or other consequences that endanger the environment.

2. THEORY In the electrocoagulation process using anode and cathode of aluminum material, the reaction can be explained as follows (Eiband et al, 2014) [1]:

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 95

Page 103: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

At (3) it shown that Al(OH)3 is formed which acts as coagulation agent thereby facilitating pollutants in trapped water and forming flok or easily deposited clumps. The working principle of electrocoagulation process can be seen in Figure 1. For design purposes related to the formation of A1 metal ions in the electrocoagulation process according to Karichappan et al (2014) [2] the equations of design is required.

Fig.1. The working principle of electrokoagulation

process

If the process is done continuously, then the equation of living time of water in the vessel is t = (s)(A)/Q (4) with: t : the living time of waste water in the vessel (sec) A : cross sectional area of the vessel (cm2) Q : debit of wastewater ( cm3/sec) S : height of vessel (cm The equation for the electrolysis process time according to the first Faraday law is: t = [(96.500)(m)(n)]/[(ar)(I)] (5) with: t : proses time (det) m : mass Al+ 3 which is released by the anode (gram) n : change of oxide number

ar : relative atomic mass I : electrical current (ampere) If equation (4) is inserted into (5), then the equation: (s)(A)/Q = (96.500)(m)(n)/[ar)(I)] (6) So the equation for the mass of metal ions Al+3 produced during the electrocoagulation process is: m = (s)(A)(ar)(I)/[(Q)(96.500)(n) (7) Where n ( change of oxide number of A1) and ar (relative atomic mass), in this case n=3 and ar =27. Based on eq. (7) can be explained if the current used in the electrocoagulation process is greater, then the formation of A1 (OH)3 is getting bigger. Consequently the supply of coagulant material A1(OH)3 becomes increasingly, so that the speed and opportunity to get pollutants in the wastewater is increasing as well. If the anode is made of aluminum and cathode of iron material, it will happen the deposition of metal ions on the bottom of the process basin with different sediment colors according to the type of metal contained in the water. Some examples of metal sediment color based on the results of research conducted by Suherman et al. [3], shown as follows: yellow for iron , white for arsen, blue for aluminum, green for copper, black for magnesium and black for calsium. On the study is used anode aluminum with a length of 7 cm and diameter 2 cm. While the iron cathode is made with a length of 7 cm and a diameter of 2 cm. An example of electrocoagulation processes with aluminum electrodes is carried out with the handling of liquid waste containing lead pollutants (Pb). In this process there is a sludge containing Pb together with A1(OH)3

96 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 104: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

and discharged through the bottom of the process basin, while clear liquid is removed through the top of the process basin. In the experiments carried out the use of liquid waste with the initial contamination content of Pb 10 ppm contamination and dissolved solids (TSS) of 200 ppm. The experiment was carried out in a continuous flow with a discharge of 1.5 L / min, strong currents vary from 1 to 5 ampere and variation of operating time from 60 to 120 minute. The Pb analysis in the final filtrate is carried out using an AAS device (Atomic Absorption Spectrophometer), and TTS analysis using gravimeter method. From the experiment obtained the electrocoagulation efficiency value of contaminant Pb equal to 99,16% and TSS equal to 80,24% on the strong current of 5 ampere and operating time of 120 minute. In the effluent treatment of animal slaughterhouse by electrocoagulation has been done in batch by placing the liquid waste in the electrolysis cell. The process runs for a certain time to lower total suspended solid (TSS), total disolved solid (TDS), pH and turbidity. From the research results obtained levels of TSS and TDS are getting down and removal efficiency is getting bigger. This indicates that the wastewater has an improved quality [4]. In the electroagulation study using four aluminum (Al) and iron (Fe) electrodes, the process required shorter operation time to achieve maximum TSS and TDS removal efficiency than using only two electrodes. The use of four electrodes requires a 70 minute operation time with TSS and TDS removal capability of 99%, while on the use of two

electrodes it takes 90 minutes operation time with maximum TSS and TDS removal capability of only 98% [5]. Zeolite is a mineral with a very diverse type. One example of the type of natural zeolite found in the area of Lampung is Clinoptilolite with a pore diameter of about 5 A [6]. Zeolite is an alumino silicate compound with tetrahedron wake structure. In zeolites there are channels that are at ordinary temperatures filled with cations and water molecules. In this case the cations are surrounded by water molecules and oxygen atoms. The composition of the zeolite can be expressed by the formula M2nO. Al2O3 xSiO2 pH2O. In natural zeolite Si ratio with Al between 1 to 6. The substitution of Si and Al causes the creation of a negative charge on the zeolite. The utilization of zeolite has been carried out, among others, for adsorbants (absorbent material) phenol and lead ions in lead acetate solution. When as an ion exchange medium, the zeolite must be activated first into Na or Z-H (with Z being the zeolite material). When used for ion exchangers there will be a reaction [7]: Na2-Z+M+ MZ+Na+ (8) Z-H + M+ MZ + H + (9) with M+ being the metal ion to be taken by the zeolite. The equation of approach used in ion exchange process is Freunlich isoterm, that is: ce= k (qe)n (10) with: qe : the amount of absorbed M+ / weight of zeolite at equilibrium, meq / g

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 97

Page 105: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

k : the number of constant ce : The concentration of M+ in solution at equilibrium (meq / L) n : the number of constant The price of n and k can be searched by making the relationship curve between log q to log c. In this case n is obtained from the slope of the curve and k is obtained from the intercept price of the curveif we get the price n <1, then the adsorption process is very slow. If n is between 1 and 2, then the adsorption process is relatively easy. But if the price n between 2 to 10, then the adsorption process runs very fast, or approximated by the Langmuir isotherm equation, i.e.: qe = q0 k ce

/ (1+kce) (11) with: qe: Amount of absorbed M+ / weight of zeolite at equilibrium, meq / g q0: maximum absorption capacity at surface / weight of zeolite, meq / g k : the number of constant ce : Concentration M+ in solution at equilibrium, meq / L Eq.(11) changed into : 1/qe = (1/ q0 k)( 1/ce) +1/q0 (12) By making the curve of the relationship between 1 / q to 1 / ce obtained slope 1 / q and intercept 1 / q. Thus it can be estimated the constant price of k and the maximum absorption capacity (q) of the zeolite. 3. METHODOLOGY 3.1 MATERIAL Aluminum electrode (HTC 16), Lampung zeolite and chicken slaughter house waste water (Beji , Depok). The composition of the lamps zeolite is shown in Table 1.

Table 1. Composition of Lampung zeolite No Chemical elements Composition (%) 1 Mg (Magnesium) 0,7620 2 Al(Aluminium) 8,9826 3 Si (Silikon) 74,2690 4 K (Kalium) 7,3324 5 Ca(Kalsium) 0,3510 6 Fe (Besi) 5,1537 7 Ti (Titan) 2,9884 8 Others 0,1609 Chicken slaughter house has physical and chemical condition as shown in Table 2.

Table 2. Physical and chemical conditions of waste No Chemical element Concentration 1 Sodium (Na) 420 mg/L 2 Iron (Fe) 0,85 mg/l 3 Degree of acidity 6,97 4 Turbidity 38,6 NTU 5 Oil and fat 20 mg/L 3.2 SUPPORTING TOOLS Water pump, avometer, DC source and stabilizer 3.3 PLACE OF EXECUTION

• Chemical laboratory, PNJ machine engineering

• Eectronics laboratory, PNJ electronics engineering

• Chemical affiliation lab, FMIPA UI

3.4 RESEARCH TOOL MODEL SERIES The series of sketch models of research tools can be seen in Fig.2. The process tool model consists of a DC source, an avometer, a feeding tub, a zeolite tube (adsorption process), an electrocoagulation process basin, a dirt settling basin and a clean water reservoir. DC source has a voltage capability between 0 to 30 volts and an electric current between 0 to 10 amperes. Avometer is used to measure electric current and voltage. Tub feeder measuring 40 cm long, 40 cm wide and 40 cm high. Tub process of

98 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 106: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

electrocoagulation in the form of square composed of three cells. Each cell measuring 5 cm wide, 20 cm long and 25 cm high equipped with anode and cathode of aluminum material each measuring 7 cm wide and 10 cm long. Distance between anode and cathode 5 cm. Tub where zeolite (adsorption process) measuring 20 cm long, 20 cm wide and 40 cm high. Deposition sediment tub with a square of 50 cm high, 50 cm long and 50 cm wide. Tub container of water processed cube with side length 50 cm.

Fig. 2. Research Tool Model Series

3.5 IMPLEMENTATION OF

RESEARCH The order of execution is carried out as follows:

a. Drain waste water as much as 4.5 liters from the reservoir to the Electrocoagulation process bath which already contains 200 g of active zeolite

b. Installing aluminum electrode measuring 15 cm x 15 cm within 1 cm of the electrocoagulation process.

c. Turn on DC source at 12 V voltage

d. Electrocoagulation process run for 10 minutes

e. Record the electric current that is read on the amper meter after the process takes 10 minutes

f. Stop electrocoagulation process

g. Water turbidity examination was conducted with turbidimeter

Research is repeated by performing the same steps as a to g but the distance between the electrodes is changed to 3, 5,7, 9, 11, 13 and 15 cm.

4. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION In this discussion only limited the results of the measurement of electric current and turbidity change only, while the decrease in metal pollutant levels are not discussed. Even though the process of decreasing turbidity and metal content in wastewater can take place simultaneously. 4.1 EFFECT OF ELECTRODE DISTANCE ON ELECTRIC CURRENT Electrical measurement results during the electrocoagulation process is shown in Table 3 and Figure 3. From table 3 and figure 3 shown that the distance of the electrode is increasingly causing the decrease of electric current. This is thought to be the result of an increase in the resistance of the solution as the distance between the anode and the cathode fades further. The approximate formula for solution (R) used is R = ρL/A. In this case ρ is the resistance of the solution type, L is the distance between the electrodes and A is the area of the cross section of the electrode.

Description a. Waste water storage tanks b. Adsorption tank c. Electrocoagulation and sterilization tank d. Sedimentation tank e. Clean water storsge tank f. Detector for pollutant content g. DC source

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 99

Page 107: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

This means that the further distance between the electrodes will cause an increase in the resistance of the solution. Based on the ohm law expressed in equation I = V / R, it can be explained that the electric current (I) is inversely proportional to the resistance of the solution. This means that if the resistance of the solution is greater, then the current flowing decreases. Thus it is quite clear that the further distance between the electrodes can cause the decrease of the electric current flowing in the electrocoagulation process.

Table 3. Electrical current measurement results on electrocoagulation process (voltage 12V, waste water 4.5

liter, 10 minutes time) Distance between of

electrode (cm) Electric current (A)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13

0,7 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,1 0,08 0,05

Figure 3. Electric current connection curve to the

distance of the electrode The highest current of 0.7 A can be achieved at a distance of 1 cm electrode, while the lowest is 0.02 A at a distance between the 13 cm electrode. 4.2 EFFECT OF ELECTRIC CURRENT ON TURBIDITY CHANGE OF WATER

The result of the measurement of the effect of electric current on the turbidity change of water is shown in Table 4 and Figure 4. From Table 4 and Figure 4, it appears that in decreasing current for a fixed processing time can result in the ability of the turbidity degradation process. It can be explained that in the event of decreased electrical current, the process of coagulant formation of Al (OH)3 becomes increasingly reduced. The function of the Al (OH)3 coagulant is to adsorb organic and inorganic pollutants into agglomerates or flocs that become enlarged, thus easily deposited on the bottom of the process basin. With the reduction of pollutants in the water will have an impact on the decrease of water turbidity. So the longer the water will appear more clear. The process of coagulant formation of Al (OH)3 is directly proportional to the current flowing during the electrocoagulation process. If the current flowing increases, it will increase the formation of coagulant Al (OH)3.

Table 4. Results of turbidity measurements after electrocoagulation and adsorption (12 V, 4.5 liters waste

water, 10 mins time, initial turbidity 38.6 NTU) Distance between of electrode (cm)

Electric current (A)

Turbidity (NTU)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15

0,7 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,1

0,08 0,05 0,02

20,6 23,1 26,9 30,3 33,2 35,0 36,6 37,8

At the beginning of the turbidity process the water is 38.6 NTU. In a process time of 10 minutes and a current of 0.7 A with a distance of electrode 1 cm there was a decrease in turbidity of water from 38.6 NTU to

100 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 108: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

20.6 NTU or equivalent to 46.63%. While with the same time and electric current 0.02 A there was a decrease in turbidity from 38.6 NTU to 37.8 NTU or equal to 2.07%. Given the current of 0.7 A is the highest current in this study and based on the Minister of Health Regulation No. 416 / Menkes / Per / IX / 1990 stating that the maximum permissible turbidity for clean water is 25 NTU, this condition can be recommended. Because the turbidity of 20.6 NTU water is already under 25 NTU. while other conditions that can be recommended is at a current of 0.5 A with a process time of 10 minutes and a distance of electrode 3 cm. In this condition, the turbidity of water can be decreased from 38,6 NTU to 23,1 NTU or equal to 40,16%. As for the distance of electrode more than 3 cm can not be recommended, because turbidity of water is still above 25 NTU. The best condition is 0,5 A with 3 cm of electrode distance.

Figure 4. The curve of the relationship between electric

current to turbidity 5. CONCLUSION a. The shorter the distance

between the electrodes can be generated greater electric current.

b. Electrocoagulation process can reduce the turbidity of waste water.

c. The greater the electrical current used the faster the process

of decreasing turbidity of waste water.

d. The most optimum process conditions are at an electric current of 0.5 A with a distance between electrodes 3 cm for a 10 minute process time.

e. Under optimum conditions the water turbidity can be decreased from 38.6 NTU to 23.1 NTU or equivalent to 40.16%.

6. REFERENCES [1] M.M.S.G., Eiband , Trindade

K.C.D.A. Trindade , K. Gama K., J.V.D Melo , C.A.M.Huitle, S. Ferro, Elimination of Pb2+ Through Electrocoagulation Applicability of Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry for Monitoring The Lead Concentration During its Elimination Elimination,Journal of Electroanalytical Chemistry,1 (1), 1-8 (2014)

[2] T.Karichappan,S.Venkatachalam, P.M. Jeganathan, Optimation of Electrocoagulation Process to Treat Grey Waste Water in Bach Mode using Response Surface Methodology. Journal of Environmental Health Science and Engineering,12 (29), 1-8 (2014)

[3] Suherman D. dan Sumawijaya N.Menghilangkan Warna dan Zat Organik Air Gambut dengan Metode Koagulasi- Flokulasi Suasana Basa. Jurnal RISET Geologi dan Pertambangan, 23 (2), 125-137 (2013)

[4] M. Kobya, A. Akyol, E. Demirbas , M.S. Oncel. Removal of Arsenic from Dringking Water by Batch and Continuous Electrocoagulation Processes Using Hybrid Al-Fe Plate Electrode. American Institute of Chemical Engineers Environ Prog., 33 (1), 131- 140 (2013)

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 101

Page 109: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

[5] Endahwati L. dan Suprihatin . Kombinasi Proses Aerasi, Adsorpsi dan Filtrasi pada Pengolahan Air Limbah Industri Perikanan. Jurnal Ilmiah Teknik Lingkungan, 1 (2),79-83 (2010)

[6] Slamet, Ellyana M., dan Bismo S. Modifikasi Zeolit Alam Lampung dengan Fotokatalitis TiO2 TiO2 Melalui Metode Sol Gel dan Aplikasinya untuk Penyisihan Fenol. Jurnal Teknologi, 1, (2008)

[7] I. Subariyah, A. Zakaria, dan Y. Purwamargapratala, Karakterisasi Zeolit Alam Lampung Teraktivasi Asam Klorida dan Termodifikasi Asam Fosfat. Jurnal Teknologi Pengelolaan Limbah, 16, 17- 24 (2013)

102 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 110: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Application Shale Rating System to Hambalang Hill Clayshale Performance

Putera Agung M Agung, Suripto S

Civil Engineering, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta Jl Prof.Dr.GA Siwabessy, Kampus Baru UI Depok 16425

email : [email protected]

Abstract

A "shale rating system" based on durability, strength; and plasicity proposed by Franklin et al (1971) is applied for clayshale of Hambalang Hill. Several result for durability; strenght; and plasticity were collected and analyzed to investigate the clayshale from study area in Hambalang based on the shale rating system. From study, Hambalang shale has the shale rating starts from 0 (zero) to 7 (seven); they have a cohesion (c’) value between 10 to 50 kPa; an angle internal friction (φ’) between 2.5 to 24.0o; anda critical slope angle between 10 to 35o. Durability (Id2) is lower than 55%; they have an undrained shear strength (Su) between 20 – 30 kg/cm2 and clayshale modulus between 10 to 20 MPa; and also an allowable bearing capacity between 2.0 to 4.0 MPa. The clayshale can be classified into stiff clay to very low rock class. Keywords:clayshale, shale rating system,durability, strength; plasticity.

1. INTRODUCTION

Shales constitute about one-third of the rocks inthe land surface of the earth and about one-half byvolume of all sedimentary rocks. Not surprisingly,they are common in engineering projectseither in their excavated form as construction materialsin their natural and undisturbed state.In spite of its abundance, this important rocktype has until recently received little attention.In some ways, it is an unattractive and difficultmaterial to study because it is easily disturbedduring drilling, sampling, and specimen preparation.The strength, deformability and other characteristicsof a laboratory test specimen can changeby orders of magnitude if the rock is allowed to dryout, shrink, or swell.

A further experimental problemis that, whereas the minerals and microtextureof most rocks can be studied easily by using standardoptical methods, extremely

fine-grained clayminerals require techniques such as scanning electron microscopyor X-ray diffraction (Putera et al, 2017).Shales also vary greatly ín their properties andbehavior. At some locations shale slopes stand for many years at near-vertical angles, whereas atothers even 10-20o slopes suffer from continualerosion and creep. This has led to a distinctionbetween clayshales, the softer and more soil-liketypes, and indurated-shales, which, because of their greater cementation and compaction, behavemore like harder rocks. The practice of treatingshates as either a soillike or rocklike material hasbeen carried into construction specifications, wherepayment has often been based on a distinctionbetween soil and rock. Problems have occurred withshales of intermediate quality that behave neitheras soíl nor as hard rock and require specialtreatment.There is a clear need for a shale classificationsystem that is capable of distinguishing all gradesand qualities of shale and allows a

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 103

Page 111: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

correlationbetween the type of shale and its performance onengineering projects. A rating number R is assigned to a shaleaccording to measurements of the three propertiesconsidered fundamental to distinguish one shale fromanother: durability, strength, and plasticity.Tentative correlations have been developed betweenthe rating number and aspects of engineering performancesuch as excavating methods; foundation properties; and slope stability, especially relations between slope height and angle and mechanismsof failure in different types of shale). The suggested correlations are based on limited data,and their value and accuracy will improve with useand experience. Nevertheless, it is believed thatin their present form they serve to illustratetrends of behavior and will stimulate furtherresearch into the performance of this importantgroup of materials.

2. THEORY Size–strengthclassificationbefore considering the subject of shale characterization,it may be helpful to discuss briefly theclassifícation of rocks in general. Of the manycharacteristics of a rock mass, two in particularappear to be important in determining rock – massbehaviorin engineering works: (a) the size of blocksinto which the rock mass is divided by intersectingsets of joints and other discontinuities and (b) theintrinsic strength of these blocks. Some classifications,such as that published by Bieniawski (1974) andBarton (1974), include a greater number of classificationparameters and as a result are somewhat moredifficult to apply. The two-parameter approach hasbeen found to be a useful starting point and onethat is readily

comprehended and used.The size-strength classification is insufficient,however, when applied to shales or other rocks oflimited durability. A sample of shale excavatedfrom the rock mass initially plots at a single locationon the dliagram this location depends on thesize and strength of rock fragments. When the shaleis exposed to weathering, however, it becomes weakeror breaks down to smaller-sized fragments. The effectsof short-term weathering processes can berecorded on the diagram in the form of vectors thatrepresent weakening, disintegration or acombination of the two processes. Different shalesvary in their susceptibility to short–termweathering agencies, and a neasure of thissusceptibitity is essential in characterizing shale materials for engineering projects. Hambalang hill is an intrusion area of igneous rock (Fig. 1). Geologically, intrusion will emerge when tectonic forceworks,(fault). Infrastructure built on faultarea have susceptibility tolandslides and ground movements. A number of landslides are always occurredin Hambalang hill area. Geomorphology of the Hambalang area consists of fluvial plain;steep volcanic; steep cliff; steep karst; ramps;and sedimentary hills rather steepto steep. Based on lithosgraphy aspect, Hambalang hill area is divided into five units of rock from the oldest to the youngest at early Miocene claystone, early Miocene limestone, andesite middle Miocene and Holocene alluvium.The tectonic activity of the Miocene-Pliocene period causes folding, fault, and breakthrough (Martodjojo, 1984). The direction of the main compression firm in Hambalang hillrelatively northwest-northwest, southwest-north-northeast and north-south

104 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 112: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

direction. Endogenous processcausing Hambalang area to become mainland, while exogenous activity atcausing the rocks to erode. Shale sample was collect from Hambalang hillarea, West Java at coordinates 6º33’16” south latitude and 106º53’22” east longitude. Sample core was carried out at 9,0 to 21.0 m depth using the diamond head boring machine. Standard of tube sampler was used for all undisturbed samples and some core boxes were used to monitor undisturbed samples. For At the shale layers was also from 2.5 to 21.0 m performed standard penetration of field test (SPT) to evaluate the number of blow (N-SPT). Shale layer has number of blow more than 50, so these layers were very stiff and coloured from light to dark grey (Putera Agung et al, 2013).

From soil mechanics laboratory by using the macro testing, analytical results of core samples show that soil properties of Hambalang shales have specific gravity (Gs) in the range between 2.62 to 2.65. By using the Atterberg limits test was found that liquid limit (LL) equals 31.75%, plastic limit (PL) equals 21.87%, and plasticity index (PI) = 9.88%. Grain size analysis shows that the material composition consists of silt (86.2%); clay (10%); and sand (3.8%). Thus, it indicates that silt soil type dominates of Hambalang shales. Clay mineral content of Hambalang shales are chiefly illite, with minor kaolinite. Illite content ranges from 7.8% to 90.8%; those of kaolinite, 18.7 % to 95.6%. This reflects the Hambalang shales were formed in the middle period of diagenesis and clay mineral of illite fraction is generally the highest.Hambalang shales is mainly controlled by sedimentation and consolidation process, residual soil

type of weather rocks at the origin, weathering and erosion in the source area, transport processes and to the depositional environment. Each shale has a different depositional history and clay diagenesis is influenced by many different.Hambalang shales indicates similar characteristics has low porosity and permeability (Putera et al, 2016). 3. METHODOLOGY The proposed shale rating system is shown in Fig. 2, the shale rating chart. A sample of shale isgiven a rating number on thê basis of (a) its slakedurability and strength if the shale is rocklike andhas a slake-durability index greater than 80 percentor (b) its slake durability and plasticity if theshale is ‘soil-like’ and has a slake-durability indexless than 80 percent. Samples are initially subjected to the slake–durability test to assess their second – cycleslakedurabilityindex (Id2) in percent, in accordance withISRM recommended procedures. If this index is foundto exceed 80 percent, the sample is further testedto measure the point-load-strength index.If the index is less than 80 percent, the fractionpassing the slake-durability test drum (Fig. 3) is subjectedto conventional Atterberg-limits determinations toevaluate plasticity index. The point-load-strength test has been found to be convenient for strength classificatíon of rocks in general and of shales in particular. It requires no specimen preparation or nachining and can be conducted in the field before the rock has had a chance to dry or break up. The index used for rating purposes is the strength obtained when the load is applied perpendicular to the bedding planes

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 105

Page 113: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

(for the strongest direction). Supplementary measurements can be made with the load applied parallel to the bedding planes to measure strength anisotropy and fissility. Samples are tested at their natural, noisture content. Point-load-strength values have been found to correlate closely with those obtained in the uniaxial compressive strength test. For classification purposes uniaxial strengths can be obtained by applying a factor of 24 to the point load strength values (Broch and Franklin, 1972). 3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION Figure 4 shows the test results obtained forsamples of shales collected in Hambalang hill as part ofthe current research program. The results have beensubdivided according to the geologic age of the formation tested. It can be seen that olderformations, as expected, are generally stronger andrnore durable and have higher rating values. Perhapsthe most characteristic feature of thís diagram,however, is the considerable scatter in durability,strength, and rating values for the majority offormations. The scatter reflects real differencesin shale properties as a result of differing degreesof Iithificâtion and of in-situ weathering.Evidently the character of these materials differssignificantly from place to place throughout theprovince and even from bed to bed within a singleformation. The index test results therefore giveimportant additional ínformation and thecharacteristics of these shales cannot be inferredfrom rock or formation names alone. It may be noted that Hambalang shales are generally less durable and weak. Hambalang shales are dominated by detrital minerals

(quartz), clay minerals (mainly illite and kaolinite). From evidence of XRD test (Putera, et al, 2015) shales at shallow depths and low temperatures, hydrous minerals such as illite and kaolinite form as a result of weathering or early diagenetic processes during meteoric water flow. Such early diagenetic processes may be considered a continuation of the weathering process even if the porewater is reducing. The mainprimary minerals such as quartz are unstable when exposed to meteoric water of low ionic strength near the surface (weathering), but comprise a stable mineral assemblage during burial diagenesis at higher temperatures and lower flow rates. It is well known that arkoses have their quartz well preserved after exposure to greenschist facies or higher grades of metamorphism. Only if kaolinite potentially unstable clay minerals form at shallow depth will clay mineral reactions such as precipitation of illite take place at greater burial due to higher temperatures. In such well-sorted reservoir sandstones, nearly all the clay minerals are authigenic and the distribution of clay minerals then depends on the diagenetic processes. Several observation was carried out in the laboratory of soil mechanics to find a correlationship between XRD in the micro and strength properties in the macro analysis. Based on slope stability analysis, slope safety factor (SF) indicated that the value exists in the range of 1.04 to 1.12. Critical heights from safety factor equals 1.0 is 4.30 m. The existing slope condition is susceptible to collapse or landslide when the high rainfall intensity occurred or the natural water content exceeds over 35% since the clay mineral (especially illite) absorbs

106 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 114: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

the excessive water. Excessive pore water pressure causes the clay shale loss of cohesion. Then, illite will reduces the permeability easily and leads to the high pore water pressure exceeding total stress, and effective stress can be decreased. Furthermore, unstable kaolinite potential to separate clay mineral entirely and damage to soil bonding structure due to lower temperature and water existing around the quartz fractions. Climatic conditions in Hambalang hill area also has the highest intensity for rainfall in rainy season, especially in the southern of Jakarta, so that the area can allow the landslide.Thus far, there are several mechanisms which cause or affect shale/fluid interaction. There is an intense effort under way in the construction project to get a better understanding of each of these mechanisms. The stakes are high in that understanding and quantification of each of these phenomena is critical for foundation design which would stabilize shales. Rapid progress is being made and more results will become available in the near future. The current understanding of various mechanisms responsible for shale and water interaction indicate certain basic principles for improving foundation system to improve shale stability and bearing capacity at studi area (Fig. 5). The long-term stable angle of a slope in shale canvary from about 80 to almost vertícal depending onthe durability of the shale material. Differentslope failure mechanisms occur in shales that havedifferent rating values.In shales of low durability mechanisms of slaking, erosion, and surface creeppredominate. Unprotected steep slopes exposed to continualerosion by surface runoff rainwater develop a pattern of erosion gulleys. The surface

layer slakes, and thedebris is renoved by erosion as fast as it is producd. Although there is usually no safetyhazard associated with this mechanism, periodiccleaning of ditches is required, and the appearanceof the exposed eroded rock can be unattractive.Slopes that are protected from continuous erosiondevelop a weathering profile. Instability of the surfacelayer is encouraged if undercutting occurs at thetoe of the slope. It is also accentuãted by water percolationalong the contact between weatheredand unweathered materials. The surface layer isusually more clayey and less permeable than the underlyingrocks and thus traps water. Eventually,a clay slope will reach a stable angle equal to approximatelyhalf the residual angle of shearing resistanceof the material (Bjerrum, 1976). Allowable beâring pressure is generallycontrolled by, and can be estimated from, the intactrock strength and the intensity of jointing orbedding (the size strength parameters). In view of dífficultiesin making field measurements of joint defines three values for theempirical coefficient that depend only on majorvariations in the spacing of discontinuities: verywide, wide, and moderately close (Canadian Foundation Manual, 1978). 4. CONCLUSION Illite and kaolinite play an important role to decrease cohesion, and quartz quartz acts as a medium water flow. Thus, shales in Hambalang hill more stable against sliding than after exposed to water. The corelationship between illite and or kaolinite and porosity of the shale is not good. The quantification of the impact of water

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 107

Page 115: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

invasion on effective stresses and shale strength is critical for shale stability analysis models. Both minerals of shale are very hard to release the water between and intra particle and contribute to produce the high excess pore water pressure exceeding the total stress, and induces the micro fissure. Hambalang hill slope failures are generally morecomnon in shales that have lower ratings. In theseshales, the sliding surface nây pass through intactshale material and there may be only limitedinfluence from preexisting bedding and jointing.In the harder more durable shales, slope failures areinvariably controlled by the orientations ofpreexisting discontinuity sets. wedge or planarslides are bounded by slicling surfaces coincidentwith preexisting joints and bedding planes. Foundation modulus is generally very low and not relevant tothe design of heavily loaded structures. The foundation modulus ofargillaceous rocks generally increases from clayshale modulus between 10 to 20 MPa; and also an allowable bearing capacity between 2.0 to 4.0 MPa. The clayshale can be classified into stiff clay to very low rock class. 5. CONCLUSION

[1] Bieniawski, Z.I. (1974). Geomechanics Classificationof Rock Masses and Its Application in Tunneling. Proceeding of the 3rd Internâtional Congress on Rock Mechanics, Denver, Vol.2a,1974, pp.27-32.

[2] Barton, N, Lien, R., and Lunde, J. (1974). Engineering Classification of Rock Masses for the Design of Tunnel Support. Rock Mechanics, Vo1. 5, No. 4, pp. 189-236.

[3] Bjerrum, L. (1976). Progressive Failure in Slopes of Overconsolidated Plastic Clay and Clay Shales. Proceeding of Journal of Soil Mechanics and Foundations Division, American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, Vol. 93, No. SM5, pp. 1-49.

[4] Broch, E and Franklin. J.A. (1972). The Point-Load Strength Test. International Journal of Rock Mechanics and Mining Sciences, Vol. .9, 1972, pp. 669-697.

[5] Canadian Geotechnical Society. (1978). Canadian Foundation Manual.

[6] Franklin, A, Broch, E and Walton. G. (1971). Logging the Mechanical Character of Rock.Trans. Institute of Mining and Metallurgy(Great Britain), Vol. 80, l-971, pp. A1-49.

[7] Gamble. J.C. (1975). Durabitity-Plasticity Classification of Shales and Other Argíllaceous Rocks. Univ. of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, Ph.D. thesis.

[8] Martodjojo, S. (1984). Evolusi Cekungan Bogor Jawa Barat. Disertasi Doktor Geologi, Fakultas Pasca Sarjana, Institut Teknologi Bandung.

[9] Putera Agung, M.A, Suripto, and Dandung, N. Mineral Characteristics and their Geological Significance of Shales in Southtern Jakarta by X-ray Diffraction Analysis. Prosiding Seminar Nasional Teknik Infrastruktur dan Lingkungan, Mitigasi dan Pemulihan Kondisi Pasca Bencana Alam, Politeknik Negeri Manado, pp. 22-29.

[10] Putera Agung, MA; Damianto, B; Yuwono; Istiatun (2013). A Critical State Approach to Stability of Clayshale for Design Structures of the Sentul Hill, West Java, Indonesia. Proceeding of the 4th International Conference of the Euro-Asia Civil Engineering Forum, National University of Singapore (NS), pp. G – 7.

[11] Putera Agung, MA, Yuwono, Mursid, Sutikno (2017). Micro Testing (XRD; SEM; Petrography)

108 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 116: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

for Clayshale Layer, Indonesia. Lambert Publishing Academic.

[12] Van Bemmelen, R.W. (1949). The Geology of Indonesia, Volume I A. The Hague MartinusNijhoff, Netherland.Adams B, Alden J, and

Harris N (2006) Regional development and spatial planning in an enlarged European Union. Aldershot: Ashgate.

Fig. 1 Geology map (Bemmelen, 1949)

Fig. 1 Shale rating chart (Gamble, 1975)

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 109

Page 117: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Fig. 2 Slake – durability test

Fig. 4 Relation between age and index properties

110 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 118: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 7. Trends in shear-strength parameters of nature of Hambalang clayshale

Fig. 10 Allowable bearing pressure for Hambalang clayshale

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 111

Page 119: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

112 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 120: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Drone Ad-Hoc Networks (DRANETs)

Abdul Aziz Abdullah1, Shahrin Shahib2, and Nur Azman Abu2 1Computer and Informatics Engineering, State Polytechnic of Jakarta, Depok, Jakarta 2 Faculty of Inf. and Comm. Technology, Universiti Teknikal Malaysia Melaka, Melaka,

Malaysia [email protected]

Abstract

Drone Ad Hoc Network (DRANET) is a collection of three or more devices or nodes or drones with wireless communication and network service capabilities that communicate with each other without the help of centralized or autonomous administrators. A wireless node that can dynamically establish a network to exchange information. And this is an autonomous system in which mobile user clients connected to dynamic wireless links are served by the communications network. And we discuss in this paper the characteristics of ad hoc routing protocols, and dynamic, no direction or limitation of movement. And thus discussing the characteristics of FANET routing protocols is important to identify connections between Drone nodes for action to communicate with each other between Drones. Drones in swarm besides maintaining equilibrium, also serving network connections, choosing an agreement should not only be able to find the right path, and DRANET must be able to adjust to the dynamic changes of the network at all times. Keywords: 3(three) to 5(five) words using times new roman , 10 point 1. INTRODUCTION

Today Drones are being used in increasing number of civil applications, such as policing and fire-fighting, non-military security work, disaster and environmental search and monitoring. Due to its adaptability, flexibility, and simple stance and low work costs. Drone utilization guarantees new routes for non military personnel applications such as, some Drones are deployed that work together with other search performance tasks. And detecting agents assigned to relays and routing protocols for ad-hoc networks [1][2][3][4] traffic monitoring [5], sensing Long Distance [6], disaster monitoring [7], forecasts of wind [3], managing wildfires [8], border surveillance [9], support amateur runners in their endeavours [10] and for mission to completely destroy all the targets [11].

A swarm of communication able Drones might be effectively conveyed to build a vast communication

system, and furthermore to interconnect isolated heterogeneous systems on the ground. For instance, Drones can successfully connect communication capacity to disasters that affect individuals (who have lost their cellular and internet communication framework in the field) quickly develop a communication transfer framework through a set of interconnected Drones. Therefore, a swarm of flying Drones is required to complete the network to the client with the possibility that Drone can communicate with the client becomes high. In such a swarm, any flying Drone can be considered to have a roundabout direction so the swarm can cover the entire target range. Individual flying Drones are required to exchange information with each other (within swarm) and with control stations (outside swarm) to meet task demands such as coordination of task and cooperative allocation [12], planning the path [13][14] or relaying communication. Recently a large number of research efforts have been

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 113

Page 121: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

directed towards the cooperative navigation and control of the Drone group. And with the combination, they are proven to overcome the problem of safe navigation and guiding the Drone, for some purpose in an unfriendly environment [15].

In the case of a multi-Drone formation framework, there is one thing that has one kind of difficulty and stands out among some of the most striking planning issues is communication. And openly this paper discusses about family Ad-hoc Network, FANET, and DRANET. Regardless of the difficulty of configuring DRANET configuration from current settings, open research issues are also discussed. In light of the rapid advances in the field of microelectronics, and have been installed in current Drone framework systems with a tendency to decrease the size of the framework, it has been possible to produce small or smaller than expected Drones easily. Be a Drone system (DS) that allows such a small, solitary and limited Drone capacity. In the case of limited Drone [16] is required coordination and cooperation of different Drones can create a framework that passes the ability of just a single-Drone. In spite of the fact that on a multi-Drone framework, there are some central points of reality when compared to a single Drone framework, it has additional special difficulties, such as communication. In all single-Drone cases, communication between a single-Drone is built between the Drone and the framework. As in a single-Drone system, Drones can also be linked to a ground base or to a satellite in a multi-Drone system [16][17]. The Drones are assumed to have very reliable inter Drone communication. This allows [18] them to cooperate and exchange

information without loss in data. It is also assumed that the Drones use GPS based. transceivers which allow them to exchange information about their relative positions and use time stamps to coordinate cooperative transmission.

As in [19] propose, the control station constructs and determines the Drone path (ie the coordinates of the center of the path and the radius of each Drone path based on information obtained from all Drones in the swarm under consideration. Research assume that each Drone in the FANET is equipped with two transceivers and each of the transceivers utilize switched beam directional antennas. While some Drones communicate with a ground base, the others can communicate with satellites. In approach in creating this communication, relationship between Drone can also be realized through infrastructure. There are several issues [16] related to design with this infrastructure-based approach. Those things are, asking for a Drone outfitted with costly equipment, the intricacy of speaking with ground bases or satellites, dependability because of dynamic natural conditions, the development of hubs and territory structures, making Drones inconceivable keep up their correspondence connections.Introduction should clearly describe the identification of the problems, objectives and the contribution of the research.

Furthermore, different issues of restricted separation between the Drone and the ground base, if the Drone is far starting from the earliest stage, figure 1, it will be detached. An option communication answer for multi-Drone frameworks is to set up an ad-hoc network

114 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 122: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

between Drones. While just a subset of Drones can communicate with the ground base or satellite, all Drones constitute an ad-hoc system. Along these lines, the Drones can communicate with each other and the ground base [16][20]. It is known as FANET. The principal inspiration of this paper is to define DRANET which is a special Drone system or as a family of different ad-hoc systems, and is associated communicating with many Drones, and this Drone system can share network communications. This paper critically discusses in the framework of problem-solving studies of routing protocols relating to the presentation of wireless connections for major events or in crisis situations after a disaster. So the solution can be found to address how the Ad-hoc network presentation system can be applied to the Drone Ad-hoc Network (DRANET). 2. WIRELESS AD HOC

NETWORK A network where nodes are all connected to each other can be called mesh network. A significant fact is that the connection is maintained in a decentralized way. Every node of a wireless ad-hoc network is a user terminal and a router at the same time. The management of the network is distributed between all nodes. Therefore, it is extremely necessary to have efficient routing algorithms which make it possible to exchange data over paths consisting of multiple nodes, in other words hopping over multiple nodes. This approach is called multihop transmission. It is important to ensure that such transfers do not waste more resources than they should. The efficiency of the multihop data path depends on the routing

algorithm. And let's look at the characteristics of the Ad hoc Network [21]: • Mobility: the fact that nodes

can be rapidly repositioned and/or move is the rationale of ad hoc networks.

• Multihopping: a multihop network is a network where the path from source to destination traverses several other nodes.

• Self-organization: the ad hoc network must autonomously determine its own configuration parameters including: addressing, routing, clustering, position identification, power control, etc.

• Energy conservation: most ad hoc nodes (e.g., laptops, PDAs, sensors, etc.) have limited power supply and no capability to generate their own power (e.g., solar panels). Energy efficient protocol design (e.g., MAC, routing, resource discovery, etc) is critical for longevity of the mission.

• Scalability: in some applications (e.g., large environmental sensor fabrics, battlefield deployments, urban vehicle grids, etc) the ad hoc network can grow to several thousand nodes.

• Security: the challenges of wireless security are well knownability of the intruders to eavesdrop and jam/spoof the channel. A lot of the work done in general wireless infrastructure networks extends to the ad hoc domain. The ad hoc networks, however, are even more vulnerable to attacks than the infrastructure counterparts. Both active and passive attacks are possible.

• Unmanned, autonomous vehicles: some of the popular ad

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 115

Page 123: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

hoc network applications require unmanned, robotic components. All nodes in a generic network are of course capable of autonomous networking.

• Connection to the Internet: as earlier discussed, there is merit in extending the infrastructure wireless networks opportunistically with ad hoc appendices.

The routing protocol on ad hoc networks becomes a challenging issue to examine since a node can move freely (randomly). In ad hoc there are two types of routing protocols [22][23], namely: Proactive: Destination Sequenced Distance Vector (DSDV), Cluster Switch Gateway Routing (CSGR), Wireless Routing Protocol (WRP), Optimized Linkstate (OLSR). Reactive: Dynamic Source Routing (DSR), Ad hoc On-demand Distance Vector (AODV), temporally Ordered Routing Algorithm (TORA), Associate Based Routing (ABR), Signal Stability Routing (SSR).

Figure 2. Wireless Ad Hoc network Familiy

The hybrid network concept is a combination of infrastructure and ad hoc or MANET networks. On one side there is a network with infrastructure and on the other hand there is a mobile node with routing facilities. This allows a multi-hop route between the mobile node and the base station. Figure 2 shows families of ad-hoc wireless networks that have characteristics and work

based on routing protocols. The ad-hoc network family consists of ad-hoc network roots, WMN, WSN, and whereas the next MANET has derivatives that depend on technology that uses it or vehicles, which are always on the move, such as VANET, ad-hoc networks with Wahana vehicles or vehicle rides. And so it is with FANET, moving by flying over the ground. While DRANET is a derivative of FANET, divide and serve to connect with the network, especially internet network for users on land. DRANET stands for Drone Ad-hoc Network, meaning an ad-hoc network with drone rides.

2.1 FANET (FLYING AD HOC NETWORK)

Drone are powered, aerial vehicles without an onboard human operator and can fly independently from pre-programmed flight plans or through a remote pilot. They are capable of carrying a lethal or nonlethal payload and come in different sizes, from the size of an insect to that of a commercial airliner.

A Drone is autopilot, a close-loop control system, which comprises of two parts: the state observer and the controller. The most common state observer is micro inertial guidance system including gyro, acceleration and magnetic sensors. There are also other attitude determination devices available like infrared or vision based ones. The sensor readings combined with GPS information can be passed to a filter to generate the desired states for later control uses. Based on different control strategies, the Drone autopilots can be categorized to PID based autopilots, fuzzy based autopilots, neural network based autopilots, and other robust autopilot. A typical off-the-shelf Drone autopilot comprises of GPS receiver,

116 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 124: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

micro inertial guidance system and onboard processor (state estimator and flight controller). The autopilot of Drone has two basic functions: state estimation and control inputs generation based on the reference path and current states.

Table 1 Comparison of MANET, VANET, FANET, and

DRANET.

In FANETs, the node became

Drone. The single-Drone system cannot create an FANETs network; therefore, it is valid for multi-Drones systems. On the other hand, it cannot call any multi-Drones systems FANETs; if each Drone is connected to a base ground or satellite, it does not have a FANETs network. FANETs must contain Drones which communicate between each other using ad hoc network (Figure 3) and at most one of them connect to infrastructure [24].

Figure 3 Multi-Drones systems and device monitoring or

Controlling

FANET in addition to having Ad hoc Network characteristics inherent [30], must also qualify characteristics as FANET, and at the following points, are some of the characteristics of FANET shown in detail [24] (And see in Table 1, the quintessence of comparison of characteristics or parameters between MANET, VANET, FANET, and DRANET):

• Node Mobility, In node mobility, the degree is bigger than VANET. For DRANET node mobility is medium. Where the Drone has a speed of 30-460 km / h, and this speed causes communication problems between Drones.

• Mobility Models, In numerous mobility models, the flight plan is foreordained and at each progression there is a change, recalculation for the guide occur. Different models are utilizing arbitrary speed and headings for the Drones.

• Node Density, The normal number of Drones in some territory is called Node Density. In FANETs, and DRANETs, it must be an inadequate thickness with substantial separations between them as indicated by the way of flying.

• Network Topology change, With a specific end goal to the higher versatility, degree, topology changed much of the time. The communication between Drones has likewise broken much of the time; on the grounds that the higher speed, or if the Drone is out of the range since area changing happens quickly. At each Drone association disappointment, refresh handling is required.

• Radio Propagation model, Here, as per the way of nature in FANETs or DRANETs and the substantial separations between Drones. The Drones utilizes a viewable pathway amongst them and with a ground base. Conversely with MANET, it doesn't utilize any radio flag between nodes.

• Power Consumption and network lifetime, Network lifetime is an essential issue for the system, which comprises of battery-fueled computing gadgets. Communication equipment utilized

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 117

Page 125: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

as a part of FANETs and DRANETs is powered by Drone vitality source itself. In the event of this, FANETs and DRANETs designs may not be power delicate, interestingly with MANET applications. However, it stills an issue in small Drones.

• Computational power [16], In the ad hoc network concept, nodes can act as routers. Along these lines, they should have certain figuring capacity to handle the approaching information progressively. Most Drones have enough vitality and space to join high processing power.

• Localization, Limitation implies deciding the area for each Drone. As indicated by fast and as often as possible change set up, there is a requirement for very limitation data with little interims of time. Utilizing GPS, the data about the new areas will be engendered to the system every one moment, and this is not adequate. Along these lines, GPS and Initial estimations must be communicate to all Drones on the network at all circumstances.

There exists many routing protocols for wireless and ad-hoc networks, such as pre-computed routing, dynamic source routing, on demand routing, cluster based routing, flooding, etc. In many literatures it is said that routing protocols are used as part of wireless systems and ad-hoc networks, among others [16][21][24][25], proactive routing protocols, on-demand (reactive) routing, hybrid approaches, pre-computed routing, location-based routing protocols, dynamic source routing, cluster based routing, flooding. Therefore, since Drone attributes such as speed and rapid

changes in relationships between hubs, this convention must be adjusted and others will be set to accept this system problem. By utilizing the accompanying conventions, set FANETs have dynamic properties including hubs and remove hubs from the system because of their needs. This protocols can be seen as four main classes [25]: • Static protocols have static routing

tables there is no need to refresh these tables.

• Proactive protocols, also known as table driven protocols, are periodically refreshed routing tables.

• Reactive protocols, also called on-demand protocols, discover paths for messages on demand.

• Hybrid protocols use both proactive and reactive protocols.

Based on [21][24][25] the convention about the accompanying ad hoc network, and FANET provisions that have a dynamic characteristic, and are limited by seeing also MANET characteristics. Making the discussion about the protocol used on FANET and DRANET will be interesting. 3 Flying Ad Hoc Network Routing Protocol

Using routing is a whole different matter than creating or developing, doing so, or developing support for routing is a key challenge in a highly defined and very basic system for essential system operations. One of the mixed types of characteristics makes routing in ad hoc networks compelling. Communication hardware used in FANETs is powered by Drone energy source itself. In case of this, FANETs designs may not be power sensitive, in contrast with MANET applications. But it stills a problem in Drones.

118 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 126: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

As in Table 2 Md. Hasan Tareque [11], demonstrated a similar investigation among the six FANET unification conventions of routing protocols: static, proactive, reactive, hybrid, position/geographic and hierarchical protocols. Table 2 illustrate the advantages and disadvantages of each protocol, depending on the focus of the implementation. The author clarifies each inspection criterion in a finer element in this field: 1. Main Idea The main idea for static protocol is routing information is fixed for a specific mission and loaded into the Drones before the mission. Proactive protocol, reactive protocol, Hybrid protocol, Geographical position / protocol, Hierarchical protocol; Is a comparison and other protocol proposals to serve to find the route of the packet data. 2. Complexity Is a complexity measure of a routing protocol, ranging from relatively low complexity to fixed objectives. Medium complexity, topology change, route search becomes more complex. For position based protocols, finding a route becomes difficult if the location service is bad. In urban areas, hierarchical protocols are useful but their preparation is not that simple.

3. Route Is the direction of the path of the packet, either a predetermined static (fixed throughout the mission) or dynamic path. 4. Topology size The size of the topology is the number of drones changed, the number of Drones slightly, or if the number of Drones increases, the corresponding routing table entry also increases.

5. Memory size It is the overall location of routing information loaded into Drones before the mission, or in missions. The need for memory space becomes large, if the number of nodes in the mission increases, the size of the table increases. 6. Fault tolerant In FANETs, mission route or topology change is a very common scenario. Fault tolerance is the act of tolerance, the protocol on the initial determination of the route made a mistake when determining the packet path, then repeating the path accordingly. 7. Bandwidth utilization Utilization of bandwidth, is an action to use sufficient bandwidth as needed. As an example Static protocols, topology is fixed; as a result, bandwidth utilization is high in this protocol. Proactive protocols have to send hello messages, this protocol requires more bandwidth. Hierarchical protocols use limited bandwidth as each Drone is connected to upper level Drones. 8. Convergence time In the static protocol, destination is predetermined. As a result route finding time is minimal. Examples of proactive protocols require greater convergence time. The protocol is reactive, finds routes faster but if topology changes, this protocol takes longer.

9. Signalling overhead Other than static protocols, each protocol (proactive, reactive, hybrid, position based and hierarchical) have signaling overheads, such as hello message in proactive protocols, route request and route reply message in reactive protocols, etc. 10. Communication latency

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 119

Page 127: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Static, proactive and position based protocols have low communication latency since the distance between the Drones in these protocols is small. Reactive, hybrid and hierarchical protocols have higher latency because Drone - to - Drone and Drone - to - ground station distance is much higher in these protocol. 11. Mission failure rate Topology and route change are common phenomena in FANETs. Other than static protocols, each protocol has backup strategy for topology change. Only static protocols do not have any strategy when topology or route changes, as a result mission failure rate is very high in this protocol. 12. Popularity Static protocols is not fault tolerant and position based protocols need extra mechanism to find the positions of the Drones. This is why, these two protocols are least popular. Rest of the protocols are much more popular. 13. Applications Static protocols are used in missions where mission objective and topology are fixed. Hierarchical protocols are mostly used in military operations where communication is difficult. Previously, most of the protocols were used in military operations.

3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION There are some things that become obstacles in the fulfilments of communication needs when gathering many people who use mobile communication devices (users). Gathering of users somewhere (figure 4), whether it is a visible user, or who is in a vehicle. Users come together by deliberate or unintentionally, to fulfil the things that are very important to them. Some of the

things that are the constraints are the communication need itself, the distance away from the communication station, the various types of communication, the need for internet connection, wireless internet service. It means all that, are Communication needs, when the communication needs where there is a gathering of many people in an area. They need communication services. Vast distances, expensive wired or wimax connections must be included to make this service available to people who are together. Remote distances from communications connection stations prevent communications service providers from providing the same and low-cost service for a day or several hours of activity. And Including Type of communication, types of communication include such as voice communications services, social media. Service for people to communicate, talking about the current situation. Internet connection, an alternative to communicating is internet service. Internet connection can also function at campus event meetings such as convocation. And other activities in town on the community, such as car free-day events, where a lot of people gathered in a place. Providing wireless internet service, at gathering many people who do not need or do not have a long time and they need communication services, where communication services have reliability, cheap, fast, and easy. And it can be served with wireless internet service, using an ad-hoc network.

120 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 128: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 4 Internet connection service by Drones at

gathering event

User in a state of standing or sitting still or moving human distribution, whether moving by walking or using a car at this time, in such circumstances, almost everyone is a user of mobile communication devices. And according to research at least one person is using a mobile phone for 5 hours every day [26]. In such a user attitude state, where many mobile phone users get together for their respective interests in communicating on an event activity, and they need a communication connection. Knowing, analysing, and summarizing such situations requires an ad-hoc communication system, we propose an ad-hoc network, such as VANET or DRANET to serve communications. But VANET requires substantial costs to build infrastructure, and government commitment, limited mobility, limited coverage [24], the alternative is DRANET. Wireless ad hoc networks are classified according to their utilization, deployment, communication and mission objectives. And we are proposing, DRANET is a form of MANET, and there are many common design considerations for MANET. DRANET is a sub-category and a designation for FANET that can serve communications using

drones, and who have similar dynamic topology changes and very high mobility rates and with the specificity of an ad-hoc internet communication network connection service. In order to help serve the movement of people in large numbers of people gathered or spread across sectors in the region, in urban areas, and where they always use equipment Communications and then connect and can utilize the ad-hoc communication system available. The availability of wireless AP (WAP) can be the cause of the users and the growing number of people using WAP.

4. CONCLUSION In this paper, we present a critical discussion of the possible implementation of routing protocols on our Drone Ad-hoc Network (DRANET) distinguishing features of wireless ad hoc network routing protocols MANET, VANET, FANET, and DRANET. Approach through FANET characteristics and the characteristics of the ad hoc network routing protocol that accompanies it from a number of existing ad hoc network protocols. In conclusion pointing to a phenomenon, DRANET requires not only routing protocols that can adapt to all circumstances, and rapidly changing environments, but also require flying equilibrium in servicing network connections.

5. REFERENCES [1] E. P. De Freitas et al., “UAV

relay network to support WSN connectivity,” 2010 Int. Congr. Ultra Mod. Telecommun. Control Syst. Work. ICUMT 2010, pp. 309–314, 2010.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 121

Page 129: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

[2] F. Jiang and A. L. Swindlehurst, “Dynamic UAV relay positioning for the ground-to-air uplink,” 2010 IEEE Globecom Work. GC’10, no. 1, pp. 1766–1770, 2010.

[3] A. Cho, J. Kim, S. Lee, and C. Kee, “Wind estimation and airspeed calibration using a UAV with a single-antenna GPS receiver and pitot tube,” IEEE Trans. Aerosp. Electron. Syst., vol. 47, no. 1, pp. 109–117, 2011.

[4] M. Hasan Tareque, M. Shohrab Hossain, and M. Atiquzzaman, “On the Routing in Flying Ad hoc Networks,” Proc. Fed. Conf. Comput. Sci. Inf. Syst., vol. ACSIS, Vol, pp. 1–9, 2015.

[5] E. Semsch, M. Jakob, D. Pavlicek, and M. Pechoucek, “Autonomous UAV surveillance in complex urban environments,” Proc. - 2009 IEEE/WIC/ACM Int. Conf. Intell. Agent Technol. IAT 2009, vol. 2, pp. 82–85, 2009.

[6] H. Xiang and L. Tian, “Development of a low-cost agricultural remote sensing system based on an autonomous unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV),” Biosyst. Eng., vol. 108, no. 2, pp. 174–190, 2011.

[7] I. Maza, F. Caballero, J. Capitán, J. R. Martínez-de-Dios, and A. Ollero, “Experimental Results in Multi-UAV Coordination for Disaster Management and Civil Security Applications,” J. Intell. Robot. Syst., vol. 61, no. 1–4, pp. 563–585, Jan. 2011.

[8] Z. Sun, P. Wang, M. C. Vuran, M. A. Al-Rodhaan, A. M. Al-Dhelaan, and I. F. Akyildiz, “BorderSense: Border patrol

through advanced wireless sensor networks,” Ad Hoc Networks, vol. 9, no. 3, pp. 468–477, 2011.

[9] H. Chad C. and J. Gertler, “Homeland Security: Unmanned Aerial Vehicles and Border Surveillance,” Congr. Res. Serv., pp. 1–6, 2010.

[10] A. Romanowski, S. Mayer, and L. Lischke, “Towards Supporting Remote Cheering during Running Races with Drone Technology,” 2017.

[11] J. George, S. P. B., and J. B. Sousa, “Search Strategies for Multiple UAV Search and Destroy Missions,” J. Intell. Robot. Syst., vol. 61, no. 1–4, pp. 355–367, Jan. 2011.

[12] S. Waharte, N. Trigoni, and S. J. Julier, “Coordinated search with a swarm of UAVs,” in 2009 6th IEEE Annual Communications Society Conference on Sensor, Mesh and Ad Hoc Communications and Networks Workshops, SECON Workshops 2009, 2009.

[13] Y. Jin, Y. Liao, A. A. Minai, and M. M. Polycarpou, “Balancing Search and Target Response in Cooperative Unmanned Aerial Vehicle (UAV) Teams,” vol. 36, no. 3, 2006.

[14] J. a Sauter, R. S. Matthews, and A. Arbor, “Swarming Unmanned Air and Ground Systems for Surveillance and Base Protection,” Intelligence, no. April, p. 48150, 2009.

[15] X. Tian, Y. Bar-Shalom, and K. R. Pattipati, “Multi-step look-ahead policy for autonomous cooperative surveillance by UAVs in hostile environments,” in 2008 47th

122 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 130: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

IEEE Conference on Decision and Control, 2008, pp. 2438–2443.

[16] I. Bekmezci, O. K. Sahingoz, and S. Temel, “Flying Ad-Hoc Networks (FANETs): A survey,” Ad Hoc Networks, vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 1254–1270, 2013.

[17] E. W. Frew and T. X. Brown, “Networking Issues for Small Unmanned Aircraft Systems,” J. Intell. Robot. Syst., vol. 54, no. 1–3, pp. 21–37, 2009.

[18] R. C. Palat, A. Annamalai, and J. H. Reed, “Cooperative relaying for ad-hoc ground networks using swarm UAVs,” in Proceedings - IEEE Military Communications Conference MILCOM, 2005.

[19] Z. M. Fadlullah, D. Takaishi, H. Nishiyama, N. Kato, and R. Miura, “A Dynamic Trajectory Control Algorithm for Improving the Communication Throughput and Delay in UAV-aided Networks &quot;A Dynamic Trajectory Control Algorithm for Improving the Communication Throughput and Delay in UAV-aided Networks,&quot; IEEE Network A.”

[20] I. Bekmezci, M. Ermis, and S. Kaplan, “Connected multi UAV task planning for Flying Ad Hoc Networks,” in 2014 IEEE International Black Sea Conference on Communications and Networking, BlackSeaCom 2014, 2014.

[21] P. S. V. K. Mohapatra, “AD HOC NETWORKS Technologies and Protocols.”

[22] R. Fitri Sari, A. Syarif, and D.

Bagio Budiardjo, “Analisis kinerja protokol routing ad hoc on-demand distance vector (AODV) pada jaringan ad hoc hybrid: perbandingan hasil simulasi dengan ns-2 dan implementasi pada testbed dengan PDA,” vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 7–18, 2008.

[23] D. Agarwal, R. R. Rout, and S. Ravichandra, “Detection of node-misbehavior using overhearing and autonomous agents in wireless Ad-Hoc networks,” in Proceedings - International Conference on 2015 Applications and Innovations in Mobile Computing, AIMoC 2015, 2015.

[24] M. Bani Yassein and N. Alhuda, “Flying Ad-Hoc Networks: Routing Protocols, Mobility Models, Issues,” IJACSA) Int. J. Adv. Comput. Sci. Appl., vol. 7, no. 6, 2016.

[25] O. K. Sahingoz, “Networking models in flying Ad-hoc networks (FANETs): Concepts and challenges,” J. Intell. Robot. Syst. Theory Appl., vol. 74, no. 1–2, pp. 513–527, 2014.

[26] VICTORIA WOOLLASTON, “Nottingham Trent University researchers say phone users pick them up 85 times a DAY,” MAILONLINE, 2015. [Online]. Available: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-3294994/How-check-phone-Average-user-picks-device-85-times-DAY-twice-realise.html. [Accessed: 27-Jun-2017].

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 123

Page 131: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 1 Drone started to fly away from the start

Table 2 Comparison between basic routing protocols in FANET

124 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 132: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Virtual Map PNJ: Detect the Location of 3D objects with GPS Based Augmented Reality Markerless

Hata Maulana

PoliteknikNegeri Jakarta [email protected]

Abstract

Augmented Reality (AR) has entered a new stage in its development, adding to the selling value of the product from the supply side in the form of promotion or advertising. Virtual PNJ Map is the development of building site map at State Polytechnic of Jakarta (PNJ) by applying AR markerless and Global Positioning System (GPS). Increasing Android-based smartphone users in educational institutions is a major issue of Android-based application development platform. PNJ is an educational institution that needs alternative media with the latest technology to get its vision to be world class campus and have the competitiveness of the nation. This article describes how a markerless AR application is built with GPS as a 3D object location detector. The result is a step taken in creating a PNJ Virtual Map with unity software and C # programming languages. This location detection connects the coordinate value with the 3D object and the user's initial position. Keywords: Augmented Reality, Markerless, GPS based, Virtual Map PNJ 1. INTRODUCTION As the start of mobile application development, various AR apps expanded their domains to mobile apps, but currently only in the field of gaming. In addition, some areas such as education and navigation are still growing [8]. The technology used by markerless Augmented Reality (AR) is to create new coordinate points by disabling previous coordinate detection for different 3D objects. Based on the research of 3D AR motion-based motion control motion based on facial features with POSIT (Pose from Orthography and Scale with ITeration) by HeriPratikno, where the position and orientation of 3D objects is projected orthographically from facial features points with scaling, the distance between the face and the webcam is directly proportional to the change in the size and size of the 3D object [7]. AR is the latest technology that combines and develops animations and graphics into the real world. Geo-based AR is a combination of AR, GPS and location based systems, from which all three technologies can

be built in technological innovation [4]. According to Microsoft Asia Digital Future survey results to 1400 teenagers ages 18 to 24 in the Asia Pacific region, AR is the second ranking technology after the Artificial Intelligence (AI) is in demand by teenagers [5]. There are three popular AR methods in mobile-based technology products, namely marker, markerless and GPS Tracking methods. The marker method since using ARtoolkit device until now has been very easy development with the help of vuforia and wikitude which provide some package and sdk. While the markerless method is to eliminate the presence of markers as object detection when marker terscan camera. The use of markers is replaced by a predefined coordinate value with offline application development. GPS tracking is a markerless AR application development that adjusts device location by relying on Location Based Service (LBS) technology. One development that is a transition from

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 125

Page 133: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

the markerless method to GPS tracking is the detection of the location of 3D objects based on markerless and GPS. This method does not use markers scanned by the camera, but can display 3D objects with simple animated motions. It can also display the initial coordinate value of 0.0, where the coordinate value will change according to the distance the user to the first 3D object appears. In this paper, the process of making AR Markerless application with GPS Based using unity software and unity package.

2. METHODOLOGY Augmented Reality (AR) is a technology that combines two or three-dimensional virtual objects into a real environment and then projected into real time. An AR-based app is an app that requires users to use more than one of their senses. The information displayed by virtual objects helps the user in carrying out activities in the real world. In addition, AR is useful as a tool to help the user's perception and interaction with the real world. AR is a visualization technique produced by computers in text, video, graphics, GPS data formats and other multimedia formats, then displayed on top of the real world [1]. Some important things to consider in the development of AR-based Point of Interest (PoI) applications are [2]: 1. Simplicity The interface, is related to 3D object scan results from AR Markerless should Appear and not confuse the user. 2. Timeline, is the thing that makes the location information required users remain active. 3. Accessibility, preferably only important features that appear in the application.

4. Open source, this becomes something that is natural in the present. Augmented reality has the potential to be used at any level of sensitivity such as, smell, touch, and hearing. AR can be used to replace lost or reduced user sensitivities such as blindness or visual weakness and help users with hearing problems [3].

Figure 1: An example of a markerless AR Today information technology in the world is growing rapidly. Almost all activities utilizing technology, especially technology used is multimedia technology. All fields use interactive multimedia technology to make it easier for users to use the app. Marker serves to provide a virtual display of three-dimensional objects through a monitor screen. In Augmented Reality there are three methods used in AR namely Marker Based Tracking, Markerless Tracking and GPS Based Tracking. In Marker Based Tracking, a marker is required to display the digital elements. The markers used are usually black and white square illustrations with a thick black border and a white background. In Markerless Tracking there is no need for a marker to display digital elements, instead using some techniques to replace the function of the marker itself [6]: • Face Tracking, in this technique

the computer can recognize the human face in general by

126 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 134: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

recognizing the position of the eyes, nose, and the human mouth.

• 3D Object Tracking, with this technique the computer can recognize all the forms of objects that are around, such as cars, desks, television, and others.

• Motion Tracking, in this technique the computer can capture motion, by this time Motion Tracking has started to be used to produce films that try to simulate movement.

• GPS (Global Positioning System) Based Tracking, is a technique that utilizes the GPS and compass features in the smartphone, the application will take data from GPS and compass and then display it in the direction we want in realtime, even some applications show it in 3D.

Augmented Reality (AR) technology is now highly developed, AR has been able to implement in various platforms and devices, besides the application of AR allows the use of interactive multimedia content including 3 Dimensional visualization with minimum devices, such as laptops and smartphone devices.

Figure 2: Basic Architecture

Basic Architecture is a technology that underlies the creation of 3D markerless object AR location detection applications. On the 3D

object creation layer into Location Based Service (LBS) is the area of initial location definition when the application is run. Then proceed by GPS Coordinate as determinant of coordinate value of user location to 3D object. Then on the next layer the android application build process is done with 3D object detection settings using the markerless method. This architecture is related to the selection of SDKs at the beginning of the application, until finally producing android applications.

Figure 3:flowchart of prototype application

The flow is an early stage of the research design of Virtual Map_PNJ application. However, in terms of the use of technology this stage is in accordance with the planning, so the addition of multitarget markerlessfeature that is emphasized in the next stage. The prototype of the app is already mobile or android based, using the name Virtual Map_PNJ, but it only displays 3D objects with simple animations and coordinate values from the user's location distance to 3D objects. 3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION Virtual Map_PNJ in this article is still the stages of AR markerless technology initiation with spot coordinate location detection as the

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 127

Page 135: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

target of 3D object scan. Prior to entering the manufacturing stage, application mock ups are made with attention to needs in line with the four important points in previous research. There are two main pages, a splash screen logo and a 3D object scan page displaying the latitute / longitute coordinate value. Coordinate values are made with libraries in the C sharp programming language. The initial coordinate value of the 3D object appears or when it is left is 0.0, then the value will change or adjust the user's position to the location of the 3D object. But when the position changes over a certain limit then the 3D object will be lost. However, the coordinate values are still read and continue to adjust. Target results obtained in this research is detection with multitarget 3D objects. The use of LBS in this study is still gradual in accordance with initial initiation. In this article LBS is still the coordinate value of 3D object location detection on user location change.

Figure 4: Mock Up application AR Markerless GPS Based

Based on the flow of prototype application creation, the result of targeted mobile apps is collaboration vuforia with unity. AR markerless technology enables stable 3D objects with stable, while GPS or Geo-

Location shows the location of 3D objects stored by the device. The results of the experimental application show that, the 3D object that appears is appropriate, which has a perfect level of stability and bring up a simple animation effect created in the 3D modeling stage. While other experiments conducted is to show the coordinates of the location of 3D objects that terscan. The initial value at the time the application is running is 0.0, this shows the value of the starting point of 3D objects detected. Then as the user moves away from or approaches the 3D object, the value changes according to the distance of the 3D object to the user's position. Here are the results of application testing with real distance and changes in coordinate values generated by the application.

Table 1. App Result Test Table Spec Value1 Value2 Detect

Galaxy A5

> 371.88 > 8 m No

0.0 5 m Detected

113.44 8m>D>5m Detected

371.88 8 m Detected

Galaxy J5

> 4020.21 > 8 m No 0.0 unstable Detected

In addition to the things obtained in this study is, the condition of the loss of 3D objects that initially can be scanned properly. This condition can be said to be an application bug, but based on testing done against a certain distance between the user and the location of 3D objects is more than just an application bug. This shows a markerless AR technology boundary that has not been supported by LBS technology thoroughly. The following test results are performed for the condition of missing 3D objects with different user locations.

128 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 136: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 5: AR Markerless with GPS Based

In the picture seen differences in the emergence of 3D objects that show that the object moves to rotate. In addition, the object's distance value with the user's location shows the change in value that adjusts to the user's position against the location of the previous 3D object. 4. CONCLUSION 3D objects can be detected precisely at the location of the coordinate point that has been determined with the results of 3D models read well and stable. GPS based or Geo-Location can be developed with the markerless AR method, where 3D objects are placed at certain coordinates and the estimated distance obtained when 3D objects are moved. Location Based Service (LBS) is the main thing that determines the location of 3D objects can appear and controlled easily. Further multitarget goals can be

realized by developing this LBS concept. 5. REFERENCES [1] Chris D. Kounavis, A. E. (2012).

Enhancing the Tourism Experience through Mobile Augmented Reality: Challenges and Prospects. INTECH: International Journal of Engineering Business Management.

[2] Fernando Vera, J. A. (2016). Enhancing User Experience in Points of Interest with Augmented Reality. IJCTE: International Journal of Computer Theory and Engineering, 450-457.

[3] Fuhrt, B. (2011). Handbook of Reality. Newyork: Springer.

[4] J.D. Jadhav, S. P. (2016). Map Application Using Augmented Reality Technology for Smart Phones. IJSEA: International Journal of Science and Engineering Applications, 421-424.

[5] Khoirunnisa. (2017, Mei 21). Ini 3 Teknologi Paling MenarikKalangan Muda. Retrieved from Selular.Id: http://selular.id/insight/2017/05/ini-3-teknologi-paling-menarik-kalangan-muda/

[6] Maulana, H. (2015). Job Sheet 1-6 Mata Kuliah Augmented Reality. Depok: Jurusan Teknik InformatikadanKomputer, PoliteknikNegeri Jakarta.

[7] Pratikno, H. (2015). KontrolGerakanObjek 3D Augmented Reality BerbasisTitikFiturWajahdengan POSIT. JNTETI.

[8] Saxena, P. (2015). GEO-Location Based Augmented Reality Application. IJRET: International Journal of Research in Engineering and Technology.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 129

Page 137: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

130 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 138: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Design of Double Cross Dipole Antenna Frequency 137MHz For NOAA Satellite Receiver

Yenniwarti Rafsyam1*, Indra Z1, Eri Ester Khairas1, Jonifan2,Topik Teguh Estu3

1Department of Electrical Engineering, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta (PNJ) Jl. Prof. Dr. G.A. Siwabessy, Kampus UI Depok

2Physics Lab. Universitas Gunadarma Jl. Margonda Raya. No. 100. Pondok Cina. Depok 3Pusat Penelitian Elektronika dan Telekomunikasi

Jl. Sangkuriang, Komplek LIPI, Gd. 20, Bandung, Jawa Barat 40135. E-mail:[email protected]

Abstract

The NOAA satellite is a meteorological satellite used to obtain information about the state of the oceans and the atmosphere. NOAA satellites work on downlink frequency of 137-138 MHz. This research is aimed to make the design of double cross dipole antenna at frequency 137.62 MHz for receiver of NOAA satellite signal. The simulation results at the middle frequency of 137.62 MHz resulted in a return loss of -20.726 dB, VSWR of 1.20, bandwidth of 82.32 MHz, and circularly polarized. The design results show that the antenna is able to work for NOAA Satellite receiver applications. Keywords : NOAA, double cross dipole, return loss, VSWR, bandwidth 1. INTRODUCTION Satellites are space object that rotate in the earth rotation. Satellites have functions such as weather satellite, communications satellite, science satellite and military satellite. Satellites have a major advantage in the form of speed in obtaining data from wide area. The NOAA satellite is a weather satellite, which has information on the physical state of the oceans and the atmosphere. The information data obtained from NOAA can be applied to analyze the parameters in the field of meteorology, oceanography, and hydrology. From the analysis of the parameters obtained, the information data can also be used for monitoring of vegetation, forest fires, extraction of albedo data, extraction of sea and terrestrial surface temperature, agricultural, cloud cover and snow detection data on the earth surface. NOAA satellites work on downlink frequency of 137-138 MHzDouble Cross Dipole antenna is one type of antenna that can be used to capture

NOAA satellite signals. This is because of the circular polarization result of double dipole antenna. The circular polarization is a type of polarization of an antenna which is suitable for capturing NOAA signals since the NOAA transmission uses the right hand circular polarization (RHCP) type of polarization. In the previous study conducted by [1], the design of the antenna was a cross dipole antenna with a reflector. While previous research by [2], it had been designed double cross dipole antenna.In this research it is designed and fabricated double cross dipole antenna with circular polarization. The antenna design makes it different from previous research by [2]. The antenna design in this study is the development of the cross dipole antenna, where the antenna cross dipole is made into 2 pieces, then connected between its inner and outer as seen in Figure 1.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 131

Page 139: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 1. Coaxial Connections between elements

2. METHODOLOGY There are several stages to get antenna design double cross dipolein this research. The first stage was by calculating the length of the antenna element at a working frequency of 137.62 MHz. After calculating the length element, the antenna simulation in CST software was made. The second stage was started by making a simulation with cross dipole design first. The third stage, it was developed into a double cross dipole antenna design. Then, after the antenna double cross dipole design was obtained, the fourth stage was designing and fabricatingthe antenna double cross dipole. And the last stage which was the fifth one, it was done the test in the antenna laboratory test. The test result was then compared with the simulation results which had been made previously. The design of the antenna begun by determining the working frequency of 137.62 MHz with the material used is aluminum. To find the length of the element used, first calculate the wave length value ( , which is derived from the following equation:

Where c = dielectric constant f = frequency of work

Having obtained wavelength value ( , we can calculate the length of element with the following equation:

After calculation, we get the value of half of wave length ( which is 1035 mm, meaning for the length of each element to be half wave length divided by 2 ( ) as shown in Figure 2. And for the distance between antennas, cross dipole used distance of 820 mm.

Figure 2. Antenna Dimension

From the calculations obtained, the simulation of double cross dipole antenna was made in CST software. Before making a dual cross dipole antenna design, first a cross dipole antenna design was made in CST. As shown in Figure 3 is the antenna design in the simulation in CST.

Figure 3. Cross Dipole Antenna Design in CST Software

132 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 140: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

This part consists of methodology of the research.

3. ANALYSIS AND DISCUSSION From the result of simulation antenna cross dipole it was obtained VSWR as 1.67 which is shown in Figure 4 and return loss as -11.93 dB shown in Figure 5. As the simulation results expected to be better, it was optimized. After optimization, the length of the antenna element became 482.5 mm. VSWR was obtained as much 1.54 which shown in Figure 6 and return loss of -13.43 dB as shown in Figure 7. The next was to create a double cross dipole antenna design in CST software as shown in Figure 8. The design was made to continue the previous design of cross dipole antenna, by adding 1 more cross dipole antenna then connecting between ports for negative and positive.

Figure 8. Double Cross Dipole Antenna Design in CST

Software From the simulation result of antenna double cross dipole it was obtained VSWR of 1.23 which is shown in Figure 9 and return loss equal to -19.59 dB as shown in Figure 10.

To get a better simulation result, optimization was done. From the optimization result, it was obtained the best simulation result at 495 mm element length. The VSWR was 1.20 as shown in Figure 11 and the return loss was -20.72 dB as shown in Figure 12. In addition to VSWR and return loss, the other parameters are polaradiation, gain, and polarization. For the radiation pattern was obtained a sphere, as shown in Fig. 13.

Figure 13. Result of radiation pattern Simulation

The gain obtained from the simulation result was 3,814 dB as shown in Figure 14. And the polarization obtained from the simulation result was circular polarization as seen in Figure 15.

Figure 14. Result of Gain Simulation

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 133

Page 141: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 15. Result of Polarization Simulation

From the results of the simulation after the optimization, it was obtained the best element length is 495 mm for double cross dipole antenna. Further fabrication of dual cross dipole antenna design is shown in Figure 16.

Figure 16. Results of Double Dipole Fabrication

Antenna

4. CONCLUSION The NOAA satellite is a meteorological satellite used to obtain information about the state of the oceans and the atmosphere. NOAA satellites work on downlink frequency of 137-138 MHz. The design of double cross dipole antenna at frequency 137.62 MHz for receiver of NOAA satellite signal was investigated. The simulation results at the middle frequency of 137.62 MHz resulted in a return loss of -20.726 dB, VSWR = 1.20, bandwidth = 82.32 MHz, and circularly polarized.

The design results show that the antenna could work for NOAA Satellite receiver applications. 5. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This research is supported by Research Grand from Simlitabmas. P3M Politeknik Negeri Jakarta. 6. REFERENCES [1] Alaydrus, Mudrik.2011.

"Antenna Principles & Applications". Jakarta: Graha Science

[2] Andika, Gilang. 2008. "Cloud Cover Classification Using NOAA / AVHRR APT Satellite Sensor Data". Jakarta: Thesis University of Indonesia

[3] Anonymous.2012, October 3. "Input Impedance and Polaradiation of Ultra Wide Band Antenna (UWB) UHF". Theory of Electronics.

[4] http://elektronika-dasar.web.id/impedansi-input-dan-pola-radiasi-antena-ultra-wide-band-uwb-egg/. [July 12, 2017]Anonymous.WXtoImg.http://www.wxtoimg.com/support/wxgui.pdf. [July 10, 2017]

[5] Hafizhatun, Intan.2017 "Cloud" Tasikmalaya: Geography Papers of Siliwangi University

[6] Minister of Communication and Informatics.2009. "Indonesia Radio Frequency Spectrum Allocation Table. Indonesia: Author.

[7] Muaffiq, Imam.2015. "Design and Realization of UHF Uter Dipole Antenna with Horizontal Planar Reflector for DVB T2 Digital TV Receiver" .Bible: Journal of Telkom University

[8] Pitaloka, Riris.2016 "Design of Parabolic Antenna with Microstrip Feed Point Rectangular Array 2 Elements for WIFI 2.4 Ghz Applications as

134 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 142: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Transmitter". Depok: Final Report

[9] Torasa, Chonmapat. 2015. "Low Cost NOAA Satellite Receiving

System for Rainfall Prediction". Bangkok: Industrial Electrical Technology Department

Figure 4. VSWR Simulation Results of Cross Dipole Antenna at Frequency of 137.62 MHz

Figure 5. VSWR Simulation Results of Cross Dipole Antenna at Frequency 137.62 MHz

Figure 6. Results of VSWR Simulation Optimization of Dipole cross antenna at Frequency of 137.62 MHz

Figure 7. Results of Optimization Simulation of Return Loss Dipole Antenna Cross at Frequency of 137.62 MHz

Figure 9. Results of VSWR Simulation of Double Dipole Antenna at Frequency of 137.62

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 135

Page 143: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 10. Simultaneous Return Loss Antenna Return Dipole Results at Frequency of 137.62

Figure 11. Results of VSWR Simulation Optimization of Double Cross Dipole at Frequency of 137.62 MHz

Figure 12. Results of Simulation Optimization of Double Cross Dipole Return Loss at Frequency of 137.62 MHz

136 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 144: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

EFFECT OF CARBOXYMETHYL CHITOSAN IN DEINKING PROCESS ON THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF PAPER

Muryeti1, Estuti Budi Mulyani

Department of Graphics and Publishing Engineering, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta E-mail:[email protected]

Abstract

Recycling of paper requires the removal of the printing ink, also called deinking, from the used paper to obtain brighter pulp. The objective of the research was to investigate the effectiveness carboxymethyl chitosan in deinking paper and to determine the effect of carboxymethyl chitosan on the optical properties of paper (brightness, whiteness, and lightness). Deinking process involves dislodging ink particles from the fiber surface then separating the dispersed ink from the fiber suspensions by washing. Carboxymethyl chitosan has been prepared by reacting pre-alkalized chitosan in alcoholic solvents with monochloroacetic acid for several hours. Carboxymethyl chitosan efficiencies in deinking can be obtained by analysis and measurement brightness paper, whiteness and Lightness value. The increasing dosage of carboxymethyl chitosan in deinking process, is proportional to increase whiteness and Lightness paper. The optimum concentration of carboxymethyl chitosan used in the deinking process in this study is 1.5 grams. The added carboxymethyl chitosan did not affect significantly to the brightness of paper. Keywords: chitosan, deinking, recycling of paper, brightness 1. INTRODUCTION Recycling of paper requires the removal of the printing ink from the used paper, also called deinking, to obtain brighter pulp so that the processed material is brighter. Deinking is a process for detaching and removing printing inks from recovered fibers to improve optical properties of recovered printed papers. Four-step process involving pulping, washing, froth flotation, and another washing is usually used in deinking process. Chemicals with heat and mechanical energies are used to detach the ink particles and other contaminants from the fibers in a pulper1. Dispersed ink particles formed during pulping must be removed to prevent their re-deposition onto the cellulose. Ink particles are then separated from the fibers via a variety of operations like washing and flotation2. The first step in deinking waste-paper is pulping. The mechanical force is usually supplied by a pulper where the paper is beaten into its constituent fibers. The ink particles first are detached from the

fibers by factors like: hydrodynamic flow of the liquid phase in the pulper, swelling of the fibers, flexing and bending of the fibers, and abrasion of the fibers against each other3. The mechanical force in the pulper is not sufficient for effective ink removal therefore surface active chemicals such as NaOH, H2O2, Na2SiO3, chelating agent are added in the pulper to decrease adhesion of the printing ink to the fibers and to increase the ink removal efficiency4. The ink is physically bonded to the fiber because of high heat, and expensive to remove by conventional chemical methods. Most of the conventional deinking technique require large amount of the chemical agents, such as sodium hydroxide, hidrogen peroxide, natium silicate, diethylenetriamine penta acetate resulting in costly waste water treatment. Several enzyme such as cellulases and hemicellulases have been used for the inking of waste paper.5,6. The use of enzyme requires spesific reaction condition. Natural polymeric materials are

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 137

Page 145: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

gaining more and more interest for application as adsorbents due to their biodegradable and non-toxic nature. Chitosan offers an interesting set of characteristics, including non-toxicity, biodegradability, biocompatibility, and bioactivity. Chitosan is prepared from chitin by deacetylating its acetoamide groups with a strong alkaline solution. This is the most abundant biopolymer in nature after cellulose. Chitosan has three types of reactive functional groups, an amino group as well as both primary and secondary hydroxyl groups at the C-2, C-3 and C-6 positions, respectively. Its advantage over other polysaccharides is that its chemical structure allows specific modifications, especially at the C-2 position. Chitosan is known as an ideal support material for enzyme immobilization because of its many advantages such as its hydrophilicity, biodegradability, biocompatibility and anti bacterial property.7 Chitosan has been widely used as an adsorbent for transition metals, organic species and for dye waste removal from aqueous solutions, due to the presence of the amino (-NH2) and the hydroxyl (-OH) groups on chitosan chains which serve as the coordination and reaction sites. 8,9,10,11 The high proportions of amino functions in chitosan have been found to provide novel adsorption properties for many metal ions12,13,14 and organic dyes15,16,17,18,19,20 . Chitosan have been modified chemically into Carboxymetyl chitosan to improve the solubility of Chitosan Among its derivatives, hydroxyl (-OH), amine (-NH) and carboxyl (-COOH) groups in the Cerboxymethyl chitosan molecule cause increasing adsorption capacity toward dye, and improving the flocculation capacity of

Carboxymethyl chitosan molecule for dye. Carboxymethyl chitosan shows many unique properties, such as biocompatible, biodegradation, biological activity, low toxicity and so on. 21. Carboxymethyl chitosan has been prepared by reacting pre-alkalized chitosan in alcoholic solvents with chloroacetic acid for several hours. The objective of this research was to investigate optical properties of paper using carboxymethyl chitosan as adsorbent in deinking process.

2. METHODOLOGY 2.1 Materials Material that were used are chitosan, monochloroacetic acid was purchased from Sigma Aldrich, ethanol (Merck), NaOH (Merck), isopropanol (Merck), HCl 37% p.a (Merck),), H2O2 30% pa (Merck), Na2SiO3 (Merck), Waste paper and aquadest. 2.2 Experimental Method Preparation of Carboxymethyl chitosan Carboxymethyl chitosan was prepared according to Pang’s Method. Chitosan (1.0 g), Sodium hydroxide (1.35 g), and solvents (distilled water, 2.0 ml; isopropanol 8.0 ml) were added into a flask. The temperature was controlled by a water bath. Monochloroacetic acid (1.5 g) was dissolved in isopropanol (2.0 ml) and added into the flask by dropping equably and reacted for 4 h, then stopped by adding 70% (v/v) aqueous ethanol (20 ml). The solid was filtered off and rinse in 80% ethyl alcohol to desalt and dewater and dried. 22

Characterization Characterization of carboxymethyl chitosan using spectrophotometer FT-IR to determine functional group of carboxymethyl chitosan. The infrared

138 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 146: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

spectra were recorded at the frequency range of 4000-400 cm-1.

Deinking and Pulp slurry preparation The waste paper is put into pulper with a large quantity of water and broken down into a slurry during 15 min and room temperature. Most of the water containing dispersed ink is drained off from the pulp through slots or screens with 1% consistency. Pulps were treated with a standard mixture of deinking chemicals containing NaOH (1% of pulp mass), Na2SiO3 (0.8%), H2O2 (1%). Chitosan was added (with different dosage 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 g) in order to adsorb carbon black from cellulose fibers in deinking process. The process of deinking involves ink particle dislogment from the fiber surface and the separation of dispersed ink from fiber suspensions by washing with aquadest. Chitosan efficiencies in deinking can be obtained by analysis measuring of brightness paper. The brightness of paper was determined with brightness and color meter, whiteness and Lightness was determined with spectrodensitometer X-Rite. 3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 3.1 Characterization Of

Carboxymethyl Chitosan IR spectra of Carboxymethyl chitosan showed that the stretching vibrations of O-H and N-H groups (3449 cm-1). The band at 1660 cm-1 is due to stretching vibration NH-CO. The main peaks of arboxymethyl chitosan is the absorption band at 1615 cm-1 is assigned to COO asymmetric stretching and COO symmetric stretching at 1410 cm-1, it shows that carboxymethylation occurs. The band at 1599 cm-1 and 1324 cm-1 belong to C=O group which overlaps with N-H bend. In both spectra changes,

increasing of the band at 1599 cm-1 and 1324 cm-1, indicates that carboxymethylation has occurred on both hydroxyl groups and amino of chitosan Presence of ink influence the optical paper such as brightness and whiteness paper. However, brightness is not a perfect tool to use in the deinking process since it is affected not only by the presence of ink but also by the wavelengths of lignin and dye. The brightness is measured from 0–100% (ISO brightness), using brightness and color meter. The effect of dosage carboxymethyl chitosan (varied from 0,5 to 2 g) in deinking process is shown in Fig.3 The use of chitosan in the deinking process, resulting in reducing value of paper brightness. Increased concentrations of chitosan, did not increase brightness paper. This is likely due to the sheet of paper deinking results containing chitosan was pure white and insoluble in water.22 Chitosan contained in the paper, resulting in brightness to be down. In addition, washing deinking results were less than perfect cause the value of brightness is reduced. Brightness of conventional deinking paper is 81,34%. Brightness of conventional deinking paper is higher than paper deinking using carboxymethyl chitosan. Whiteness measures paper in the same way the eye sees it. Light is actually made up of all colors combined. When light strikes an object, the object absorbs some colors and reflects others. Whiteness measurements performed using X-Rite spectrodensitometer. The effect of dosage of carboxymethyl chitosan (varied from 0 (control), 0.5, 1, 1.5, and 2 g) in

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 139

Page 147: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

deinking process on whiteness of paper is shown in Fig. 3. In this study, whiteness of paper increase from 114,38% to 116,04% as the dosage of carboxymethyl chitosan increase from 0,5 to 1,5 g. Whiteness of paper without using carboxymethyl chitosan was 106,75%. The increase of chitosan dosage lead to increasing whiteness paper. When the dosage of carboxymethyl chitosan was increased to 2 g, whiteness of paper was decreased. The result show that the whiteness optimum was 1,5 g dosage carboxymethyl chitosan (116,04%). Whiteness of conventional deinking paper is 116,27%. Brightness of conventional deinking paper is almost similar than paper deinking using carboxymethyl chitosan. An increased carboxymethyl chitosan dosage lead to an increase in the adsorption capacity of the carbon black (pigment) on carboxymethyl chitosan (as adsorbent). Adsorbent surface area increased and availability of more adsorption sites caused by increasing adsorbent dosage. When the adsorbent was increased to 2 g, the adsorption is decrease, this due to saturation of active sites which do not allow further adsorption to take place. Paper deinking that using carboxymethyl chitosan have Whiteness and brightness that is almost similar with the conventional paper deinking results. Csrboxymethyl chitosan may be worttly candidates as adsorbent in deinking process. 4. CONCLUSION Carboxymethyl chitosan was prepared by reacting chitosan with monochloroacetic acid in aqueous solution. Deinking process of old waste paper by using carboxymethylchitosan has been done. The waste paper was beated, at

1 % consistency, pH 7, and room temperature, and chitosan was added with the dosage of 0,5 to 2 g. From data shown in this research, we can conclude that carboxymethyl chitosan influence on optical properties of paper such as whiteness and brightness. The optimum dosage of carboxymethyl chitosan in deinking process at weight doses of 1.5 g. 5. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author would like to express sincerely thank to State Polytechnic of Jakarta for research grant as financial support of this research and for providing research facilities 6. REFERENCES [1] G.V. Franks, Stimulant sensitive

flocculation and consolidation for improved solid / liquid separation, J.of Coll. and Int. Sci., 292, 2005, 598-603.

[2] Z.Aksu, Application of biosorption for the removal of organic pollutants a review. Pro. Biochem. ,40, 2005, 997-1026.

[3] J.Synowieck ,and N.A.Al Khateeb, Production, properties, and some new applications of chitin and its derivatives. Crit. Rev. Food Sci., N Utr 43, 2001,145-171.

[4] Sritapunya , Thritima and Sureerat Jairakdee. Adsorption of surfactants on carbon black and paper fiber in the presence of calcium ions. Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochemical and Engineering Aspects. Volume 389, Issues 1–3, 2011, 206–212.

[5] Mørkbak AL, Zimmermann W (1998). Deinking of mixed office paper, old newspaper and vegetable oil-based ink printed paper using cellulases, xylanases and lipases. Prog. Pap Recycl., 7: 14-21.

140 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 148: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

[6] Pala H, Mota M, Gama FM (2004) Enzymatic versus chemical deinking of non-impact ink printed paper., J Biotech.108: 79-89

[7] A. Martino A, P.G. Gifferi, and G. Spagna, Immobilization of β – glucosidase from a commercial preparation.Part 2. Optimization of the immobilization process on chitosan . Proc. Biochem., 31,1996, 287-293.

[8] C. Grégorio, G. Frédéric, R. Capucine, M. Bernard M, A. Oliver,M.C. Nadia, D.G.Francois, and M.B. Pierre ,The removal of Basic blue 3 from aqueous solutions by chitosan – based adsorbent: Bach studies J. of Haz.Mat. ,153, 2008, 96-106.

[9] K.S Tapan, C.B Nikhli, K. Subarna, G.A Mahmooda, I. Hidek, and F. Yoshinobu, Adsorption of Methyl Orange onto chitosan from aqueous solution. J. of Water Res. and Prot., 2, 2010, 898-906.

[10] S .Zheng, Z. Yang, D.H.Jo, and Y.H Park, Removal of chlorophenols from ground water by chitosan sorption. Water. Res., 38, 2004, 2315-2322.

[11] W .Li, Z .Junping, and W. Aiin, Removal of methylene blue from aqueous solution using chitosan –g- poly (acrylic acid) montmorillonite super adsorbent nanocomposite. Coll. and Surf A: Phy. Eng. Asp., 322, 2008, 47-53.

[12] Saeed A, Sharif M, M Iqbal, Application potential of grapefruit peel as dye sorbet: Kinetics, equilibrium and mechanisms of crystal violet adsorption. J. of Haz. Mat.,179 (1-3), 2010, 564-572.

[13] R .Ahmad, Studies and adsorption of Crystal violet dye from aqueous solution onto

coniferous – pinus bark powder (CPBP). J.of Haarz.Mat., 171 (1-3), 2009, 767-773.

[14] Q .Wu, Z .Shan, M .Shen, S.J.Li, and H.Chen, Biosorption of direct scarlet dye on magnetically modified Saccharomyces cerevisial cells. Chin. J. of Biotech. , 25 (10), 2009,1477-1482.

[15] R.H Rodde, A. Einbu, and K.M Varum, A seasonal study of the chemical composition and chitin quality of shrimp shells obtained from northern shrimp. (Pandalus borealis). Carboh. Poly., 71, 2008, 388-393.

[16] H. Struszczyk, Microcrystalline chitosan. Int. J. of Appl. Poly. Sci., 33, 1987, 177-189.

[17] Crini, G., and Badot, P.M. Application of Chitosan, a Natural AminoPolysaccharide, for dye Removal From Aqueous Solution by Adsorption Process Using Batch Studies: A Review of Recent Literature. Prog. Polym. Sci. 33(4). 2008, 399-447

[18] S .Rengaraj, M. Seung- Hyeon, and S. Sivabalm, Agricultural solid waste for the removal of organics: adsorption of phenol from water and wastewater by palm seed coat activated carbon. Was.Manag., 22, 2002, 543–548.

[19] Z. K George,and K.L Nikolaos. Reactive and basic dyes removal by sorption onto chitosan derivates. J. of Coll. and Int. Sci., 331, 2009, 32-39.

[20] B .Zehra, Ö. Coşan, S .Yoldaş, and Y .Kadir, Sorption of malachite green on chitosan bead. J.of Haz. Mat., 154, 2008, 254-261.

[21] K .Azlan, W.N Wan SAIME, and L.L Ken, Chitosan and chemically modified chitosan beads for acid dyes sorption. J. of Envi.Sci., 21, 2009, 296-302.

Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017 141

Page 149: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT

ISSN 2302-786X

Figure 1. Spectra IR of Carboxymethyl Chitosan

Figure 2. Brightness of paper using carboxymethyl chitosan at different dosage

Figure 3. whiteness of paper using carboxymethyl chitosan at different dosage

142 Proceeding of Annual South East Asian International Seminar (ASAIS) 2017

Page 150: ISSN 2302-786X - asais.pnj.ac.idasais.pnj.ac.id/attachment/files/Proceeding TEC ASAIS 2017 (1).pdf · Fachruddin, Jusafwar, Adi Syuriadi, and Jauhari Ali . 87. TEC – 15 . THE EFFECT